NUMERICAL ANALYSIS OF THE HYDRODYNAMICS CHARACTERISTICS OF TORPEDO ANCHOR INSTALLATION UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF OCEAN CURRENTS

魚雷錨擲錨過程受海流擲下之運移特性數值分析

번역된 기고 제목: 해류의 영향에 따른 어뢰 앵커 설치의 유체 역학 특성에 대한 수치 분석

Translated title of the contribution: NUMERICAL ANALYSIS OF THE HYDRODYNAMICS CHARACTERISTICS OF TORPEDO ANCHOR INSTALLATION UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF OCEAN CURRENTS

L. Y. Chen, R. Y. Yang

Abstract

The gravity-installed anchor (GIA) is a type of the anchor foundation that is installed by penetrating the seabed using the weight of the anchor body. It has the advantages of high installation efficiency, low cost, and no requirement of additional installation facilities. The GIA type used in this study is the torpedo anchor, which has been ap-plied in practical cases widely. The purpose of this study is to investigate the numerical analysis of the anchor trans-porting during the installation of the torpedo anchor under the action of ocean currents. Therefore, this article con-siders external environmental conditions and the different forms of torpedo anchors by using computational fluid dynamics (CFD) software, FLOW-3D, to simulate the fluid-solid interaction effect on the torpedo anchor. The falling time, impact velocity, displaced angle, and horizontal displacement of the torpedo anchor were observed at an installation height (i.e., the distance between the seabed and the anchor release height) of 85 meters. The obtained results show that when the current velocity is greater, the torpedo anchor will have a larger displaced angle, which will affect the impact velocity of the anchor on the seabed and may cause insufficient penetration depth, leading to installation failure.

중력설치형 앵커(GIA)는 앵커 본체의 무게를 이용하여 해저를 관통하여 설치하는 앵커 기초의 일종이다. 설치 효율성이 높고, 비용이 저렴하며, 추가 설치 시설이 필요하지 않다는 장점이 있습니다. 본 연구에서 사용된 GIA 유형은 어뢰앵커로 실제 사례에 널리 적용되어 왔다.

본 연구의 목적은 해류의 작용에 따라 어뢰앵커 설치 시 앵커 이송에 대한 수치해석을 연구하는 것이다. 따라서 이 기사에서는 어뢰 앵커에 대한 유체-고체 상호 작용 효과를 시뮬레이션하기 위해 전산유체역학(CFD) 소프트웨어인 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 외부 환경 조건과 다양한 형태의 어뢰 앵커를 고려합니다.

어뢰앵커의 낙하시간, 충격속도, 변위각, 수평변위 등은 설치높이(즉, 해저와 앵커 해제 높이 ​​사이의 거리) 85m에서 관찰되었다. 얻은 결과는 현재 속도가 더 높을 때 어뢰 앵커의 변위 각도가 더 커져 해저에 대한 앵커의 충격 속도에 영향을 미치고 침투 깊이가 부족하여 설치 실패로 이어질 수 있음을 보여줍니다.

  • Ocean currentsEngineering & Materials Science100%
  • AnchorsEngineering & Materials Science74%
  • Numerical analysisEngineering & Materials Science63%
  • HydrodynamicsEngineering & Materials Science62%
  • GravitationEngineering & Materials Science9%
  • Computational fluid dynamicsEngineering & Materials Science4%
  • FluidsEngineering & Materials Science3%
  • CostsEngineering & Materials Science
  • 해류
  • 앵커
  • 수치해석
  • 유체 역학
  • 중력
  • 전산유체역학

Lab-on-a-Chip 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 검토: 엔지니어링 관점

Review on Blood Flow Dynamics in Lab-on-a-Chip Systems: An Engineering Perspective

  • Bin-Jie Lai
  • Li-Tao Zhu
  • Zhe Chen*
  • Bo Ouyang*
  • , and 
  • Zheng-Hong Luo*

Abstract

다양한 수송 메커니즘 하에서, “LOC(lab-on-a-chip)” 시스템에서 유동 전단 속도 조건과 밀접한 관련이 있는 혈류 역학은 다양한 수송 현상을 초래하는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.

본 연구는 적혈구의 동적 혈액 점도 및 탄성 거동과 같은 점탄성 특성의 역할을 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈류 패턴을 조사합니다. 모세관 및 전기삼투압의 주요 매개변수를 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈액 수송 현상에 대한 연구는 실험적, 이론적 및 수많은 수치적 접근 방식을 통해 제공됩니다.

전기 삼투압 점탄성 흐름에 의해 유발되는 교란은 특히 향후 연구 기회를 위해 혈액 및 기타 점탄성 유체를 취급하는 LOC 장치의 혼합 및 분리 기능 향상에 논의되고 적용됩니다. 또한, 본 연구는 보다 정확하고 단순화된 혈류 모델에 대한 요구와 전기역학 효과 하에서 점탄성 유체 흐름에 대한 수치 연구에 대한 강조와 같은 LOC 시스템 하에서 혈류 역학의 수치 모델링의 문제를 식별합니다.

전기역학 현상을 연구하는 동안 제타 전위 조건에 대한 보다 실용적인 가정도 강조됩니다. 본 연구는 모세관 및 전기삼투압에 의해 구동되는 미세유체 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 포괄적이고 학제적인 관점을 제공하는 것을 목표로 한다.

KEYWORDS: 

1. Introduction

1.1. Microfluidic Flow in Lab-on-a-Chip (LOC) Systems

Over the past several decades, the ability to control and utilize fluid flow patterns at microscales has gained considerable interest across a myriad of scientific and engineering disciplines, leading to growing interest in scientific research of microfluidics. 

(1) Microfluidics, an interdisciplinary field that straddles physics, engineering, and biotechnology, is dedicated to the behavior, precise control, and manipulation of fluids geometrically constrained to a small, typically submillimeter, scale. 

(2) The engineering community has increasingly focused on microfluidics, exploring different driving forces to enhance working fluid transport, with the aim of accurately and efficiently describing, controlling, designing, and applying microfluidic flow principles and transport phenomena, particularly for miniaturized applications. 

(3) This attention has chiefly been fueled by the potential to revolutionize diagnostic and therapeutic techniques in the biomedical and pharmaceutical sectorsUnder various driving forces in microfluidic flows, intriguing transport phenomena have bolstered confidence in sustainable and efficient applications in fields such as pharmaceutical, biochemical, and environmental science. The “lab-on-a-chip” (LOC) system harnesses microfluidic flow to enable fluid processing and the execution of laboratory tasks on a chip-sized scale. LOC systems have played a vital role in the miniaturization of laboratory operations such as mixing, chemical reaction, separation, flow control, and detection on small devices, where a wide variety of fluids is adapted. Biological fluid flow like blood and other viscoelastic fluids are notably studied among the many working fluids commonly utilized by LOC systems, owing to the optimization in small fluid sample volumed, rapid response times, precise control, and easy manipulation of flow patterns offered by the system under various driving forces. 

(4)The driving forces in blood flow can be categorized as passive or active transport mechanisms and, in some cases, both. Under various transport mechanisms, the unique design of microchannels enables different functionalities in driving, mixing, separating, and diagnosing blood and drug delivery in the blood. 

(5) Understanding and manipulating these driving forces are crucial for optimizing the performance of a LOC system. Such knowledge presents the opportunity to achieve higher efficiency and reliability in addressing cellular level challenges in medical diagnostics, forensic studies, cancer detection, and other fundamental research areas, for applications of point-of-care (POC) devices. 

(6)

1.2. Engineering Approach of Microfluidic Transport Phenomena in LOC Systems

Different transport mechanisms exhibit unique properties at submillimeter length scales in microfluidic devices, leading to significant transport phenomena that differ from those of macroscale flows. An in-depth understanding of these unique transport phenomena under microfluidic systems is often required in fluidic mechanics to fully harness the potential functionality of a LOC system to obtain systematically designed and precisely controlled transport of microfluids under their respective driving force. Fluid mechanics is considered a vital component in chemical engineering, enabling the analysis of fluid behaviors in various unit designs, ranging from large-scale reactors to separation units. Transport phenomena in fluid mechanics provide a conceptual framework for analytically and descriptively explaining why and how experimental results and physiological phenomena occur. The Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, along with other governing equations, is often adapted to accurately describe fluid dynamics by accounting for pressure, surface properties, velocity, and temperature variations over space and time. In addition, limiting factors and nonidealities for these governing equations should be considered to impose corrections for empirical consistency before physical models are assembled for more accurate controls and efficiency. Microfluidic flow systems often deviate from ideal conditions, requiring adjustments to the standard governing equations. These deviations could arise from factors such as viscous effects, surface interactions, and non-Newtonian fluid properties from different microfluid types and geometrical layouts of microchannels. Addressing these nonidealities supports the refining of theoretical models and prediction accuracy for microfluidic flow behaviors.

The analytical calculation of coupled nonlinear governing equations, which describes the material and energy balances of systems under ideal conditions, often requires considerable computational efforts. However, advancements in computation capabilities, cost reduction, and improved accuracy have made numerical simulations using different numerical and modeling methods a powerful tool for effectively solving these complex coupled equations and modeling various transport phenomena. Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is a numerical technique used to investigate the spatial and temporal distribution of various flow parameters. It serves as a critical approach to provide insights and reasoning for decision-making regarding the optimal designs involving fluid dynamics, even prior to complex physical model prototyping and experimental procedures. The integration of experimental data, theoretical analysis, and reliable numerical simulations from CFD enables systematic variation of analytical parameters through quantitative analysis, where adjustment to delivery of blood flow and other working fluids in LOC systems can be achieved.

Numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element-Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) are heavily employed in CFD and offer diverse approaches to achieve discretization of Eulerian flow equations through filling a mesh of the flow domain. A more in-depth review of numerical methods in CFD and its application for blood flow simulation is provided in Section 2.2.2.

1.3. Scope of the Review

In this Review, we explore and characterize the blood flow phenomena within the LOC systems, utilizing both physiological and engineering modeling approaches. Similar approaches will be taken to discuss capillary-driven flow and electric-osmotic flow (EOF) under electrokinetic phenomena as a passive and active transport scheme, respectively, for blood transport in LOC systems. Such an analysis aims to bridge the gap between physical (experimental) and engineering (analytical) perspectives in studying and manipulating blood flow delivery by different driving forces in LOC systems. Moreover, the Review hopes to benefit the interests of not only blood flow control in LOC devices but also the transport of viscoelastic fluids, which are less studied in the literature compared to that of Newtonian fluids, in LOC systems.

Section 2 examines the complex interplay between viscoelastic properties of blood and blood flow patterns under shear flow in LOC systems, while engineering numerical modeling approaches for blood flow are presented for assistance. Sections 3 and 4 look into the theoretical principles, numerical governing equations, and modeling methodologies for capillary driven flow and EOF in LOC systems as well as their impact on blood flow dynamics through the quantification of key parameters of the two driving forces. Section 5 concludes the characterized blood flow transport processes in LOC systems under these two forces. Additionally, prospective areas of research in improving the functionality of LOC devices employing blood and other viscoelastic fluids and potentially justifying mechanisms underlying microfluidic flow patterns outside of LOC systems are presented. Finally, the challenges encountered in the numerical studies of blood flow under LOC systems are acknowledged, paving the way for further research.

2. Blood Flow Phenomena

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


2.1. Physiological Blood Flow Behavior

Blood, an essential physiological fluid in the human body, serves the vital role of transporting oxygen and nutrients throughout the body. Additionally, blood is responsible for suspending various blood cells including erythrocytes (red blood cells or RBCs), leukocytes (white blood cells), and thrombocytes (blood platelets) in a plasma medium.Among the cells mentioned above, red blood cells (RBCs) comprise approximately 40–45% of the volume of healthy blood. 

(7) An RBC possesses an inherent elastic property with a biconcave shape of an average diameter of 8 μm and a thickness of 2 μm. This biconcave shape maximizes the surface-to-volume ratio, allowing RBCs to endure significant distortion while maintaining their functionality. 

(8,9) Additionally, the biconcave shape optimizes gas exchange, facilitating efficient uptake of oxygen due to the increased surface area. The inherent elasticity of RBCs allows them to undergo substantial distortion from their original biconcave shape and exhibits high flexibility, particularly in narrow channels.RBC deformability enables the cell to deform from a biconcave shape to a parachute-like configuration, despite minor differences in RBC shape dynamics under shear flow between initial cell locations. As shown in Figure 1(a), RBCs initiating with different resting shapes and orientations displaying display a similar deformation pattern 

(10) in terms of its shape. Shear flow induces an inward bending of the cell at the rear position of the rim to the final bending position, 

(11) resulting in an alignment toward the same position of the flow direction.

Figure 1. Images of varying deformation of RBCs and different dynamic blood flow behaviors. (a) The deforming shape behavior of RBCs at four different initiating positions under the same experimental conditions of a flow from left to right, (10) (b) RBC aggregation, (13) (c) CFL region. (18) Reproduced with permission from ref (10). Copyright 2011 Elsevier. Reproduced with permission from ref (13). Copyright 2022 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/. Reproduced with permission from ref (18). Copyright 2019 Elsevier.

The flexible property of RBCs enables them to navigate through narrow capillaries and traverse a complex network of blood vessels. The deformability of RBCs depends on various factors, including the channel geometry, RBC concentration, and the elastic properties of the RBC membrane. 

(12) Both flexibility and deformability are vital in the process of oxygen exchange among blood and tissues throughout the body, allowing cells to flow in vessels even smaller than the original cell size prior to deforming.As RBCs serve as major components in blood, their collective dynamics also hugely affect blood rheology. RBCs exhibit an aggregation phenomenon due to cell to cell interactions, such as adhesion forces, among populated cells, inducing unique blood flow patterns and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems. For blood flow in large vessels between a diameter of 1 and 3 cm, where shear rates are not high, a constant viscosity and Newtonian behavior for blood can be assumed. However, under low shear rate conditions (0.1 s

–1) in smaller vessels such as the arteries and venules, which are within a diameter of 0.2 mm to 1 cm, blood exhibits non-Newtonian properties, such as shear-thinning viscosity and viscoelasticity due to RBC aggregation and deformability. The nonlinear viscoelastic property of blood gives rise to a complex relationship between viscosity and shear rate, primarily influenced by the highly elastic behavior of RBCs. A wide range of research on the transient behavior of the RBC shape and aggregation characteristics under varied flow circumstances has been conducted, aiming to obtain a better understanding of the interaction between blood flow shear forces from confined flows.

For a better understanding of the unique blood flow structures and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems, some blood flow patterns are introduced in the following section.

2.1.1. RBC Aggregation

RBC aggregation is a vital phenomenon to be considered when designing LOC devices due to its impact on the viscosity of the bulk flow. Under conditions of low shear rate, such as in stagnant or low flow rate regions, RBCs tend to aggregate, forming structures known as rouleaux, resembling stacks of coins as shown in Figure 1(b). 

(13) The aggregation of RBCs increases the viscosity at the aggregated region, 

(14) hence slowing down the overall blood flow. However, when exposed to high shear rates, RBC aggregates disaggregate. As shear rates continue to increase, RBCs tend to deform, elongating and aligning themselves with the direction of the flow. 

(15) Such a dynamic shift in behavior from the cells in response to the shear rate forms the basis of the viscoelastic properties observed in whole blood. In essence, the viscosity of the blood varies according to the shear rate conditions, which are related to the velocity gradient of the system. It is significant to take the intricate relationship between shear rate conditions and the change of blood viscosity due to RBC aggregation into account since various flow driving conditions may induce varied effects on the degree of aggregation.

2.1.2. Fåhræus-Lindqvist Effect

The Fåhræus–Lindqvist (FL) effect describes the gradual decrease in the apparent viscosity of blood as the channel diameter decreases. 

(16) This effect is attributed to the migration of RBCs toward the central region in the microchannel, where the flow rate is higher, due to the presence of higher pressure and asymmetric distribution of shear forces. This migration of RBCs, typically observed at blood vessels less than 0.3 mm, toward the higher flow rate region contributes to the change in blood viscosity, which becomes dependent on the channel size. Simultaneously, the increase of the RBC concentration in the central region of the microchannel results in the formation of a less viscous region close to the microchannel wall. This region called the Cell-Free Layer (CFL), is primarily composed of plasma. 

(17) The combination of the FL effect and the following CFL formation provides a unique phenomenon that is often utilized in passive and active plasma separation mechanisms, involving branched and constriction channels for various applications in plasma separation using microfluidic systems.

2.1.3. Cell-Free Layer Formation

In microfluidic blood flow, RBCs form aggregates at the microchannel core and result in a region that is mostly devoid of RBCs near the microchannel walls, as shown in Figure 1(c). 

(18) The region is known as the cell-free layer (CFL). The CFL region is often known to possess a lower viscosity compared to other regions within the blood flow due to the lower viscosity value of plasma when compared to that of the aggregated RBCs. Therefore, a thicker CFL region composed of plasma correlates to a reduced apparent whole blood viscosity. 

(19) A thicker CFL region is often established following the RBC aggregation at the microchannel core under conditions of decreasing the tube diameter. Apart from the dependence on the RBC concentration in the microchannel core, the CFL thickness is also affected by the volume concentration of RBCs, or hematocrit, in whole blood, as well as the deformability of RBCs. Given the influence CFL thickness has on blood flow rheological parameters such as blood flow rate, which is strongly dependent on whole blood viscosity, investigating CFL thickness under shear flow is crucial for LOC systems accounting for blood flow.

2.1.4. Plasma Skimming in Bifurcation Networks

The uneven arrangement of RBCs in bifurcating microchannels, commonly termed skimming bifurcation, arises from the axial migration of RBCs within flowing streams. This uneven distribution contributes to variations in viscosity across differing sizes of bifurcating channels but offers a stabilizing effect. Notably, higher flow rates in microchannels are associated with increased hematocrit levels, resulting in higher viscosity compared with those with lower flow rates. Parametric investigations on bifurcation angle, 

(20) thickness of the CFL, 

(21) and RBC dynamics, including aggregation and deformation, 

(22) may alter the varying viscosity of blood and its flow behavior within microchannels.

2.2. Modeling on Blood Flow Dynamics

2.2.1. Blood Properties and Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology

Under different shear rate conditions in blood flow, the elastic characteristics and dynamic changes of the RBC induce a complex velocity and stress relationship, resulting in the incompatibility of blood flow characterization through standard presumptions of constant viscosity used for Newtonian fluid flow. Blood flow is categorized as a viscoelastic non-Newtonian fluid flow where constitutive equations governing this type of flow take into consideration the nonlinear viscometric properties of blood. To mathematically characterize the evolving blood viscosity and the relationship between the elasticity of RBC and the shear blood flow, respectively, across space and time of the system, a stress tensor (τ) defined by constitutive models is often coupled in the Navier–Stokes equation to account for the collective impact of the constant dynamic viscosity (η) and the elasticity from RBCs on blood flow.The dynamic viscosity of blood is heavily dependent on the shear stress applied to the cell and various parameters from the blood such as hematocrit value, plasma viscosity, mechanical properties of the RBC membrane, and red blood cell aggregation rate. The apparent blood viscosity is considered convenient for the characterization of the relationship between the evolving blood viscosity and shear rate, which can be defined by Casson’s law, as shown in eq 1.

𝜇=𝜏0𝛾˙+2𝜂𝜏0𝛾˙⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√+𝜂�=�0�˙+2��0�˙+�

(1)where τ

0 is the yield stress–stress required to initiate blood flow motion, η is the Casson rheological constant, and γ̇ is the shear rate. The value of Casson’s law parameters under blood with normal hematocrit level can be defined as τ

0 = 0.0056 Pa and η = 0.0035 Pa·s. 

(23) With the known property of blood and Casson’s law parameters, an approximation can be made to the dynamic viscosity under various flow condition domains. The Power Law model is often employed to characterize the dynamic viscosity in relation to the shear rate, since precise solutions exist for specific geometries and flow circumstances, acting as a fundamental standard for definition. The Carreau and Carreau–Yasuda models can be advantageous over the Power Law model due to their ability to evaluate the dynamic viscosity at low to zero shear rate conditions. However, none of the above-mentioned models consider the memory or other elastic behavior of blood and its RBCs. Some other commonly used mathematical models and their constants for the non-Newtonian viscosity property characterization of blood are listed in Table 1 below. 

(24−26)Table 1. Comparison of Various Non-Newtonian Models for Blood Viscosity 

(24−26)

ModelNon-Newtonian ViscosityParameters
Power Law(2)n = 0.61, k = 0.42
Carreau(3)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 3.1736 s, m = 2.406, a = 0.254
Walburn–Schneck(4)C1 = 0.000797 Pa·s, C2 = 0.0608 Pa·s, C3 = 0.00499, C4 = 14.585 g–1, TPMA = 25 g/L
Carreau–Yasuda(5)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 1.902 s, n = 0.22, a = 1.25
Quemada(6)μp = 0.0012 Pa·s, k = 2.07, k0 = 4.33, γ̇c = 1.88 s–1

The blood rheology is commonly known to be influenced by two key physiological factors, namely, the hematocrit value (H

t) and the fibrinogen concentration (c

f), with an average value of 42% and 0.252 gd·L

–1, respectively. Particularly in low shear conditions, the presence of varying fibrinogen concentrations affects the tendency for aggregation and rouleaux formation, while the occurrence of aggregation is contingent upon specific levels of hematocrit. 

(27) The study from Apostolidis et al. 

(28) modifies the Casson model through emphasizing its reliance on hematocrit and fibrinogen concentration parameter values, owing to the extensive knowledge of the two physiological blood parameters.The viscoelastic response of blood is heavily dependent on the elasticity of the RBC, which is defined by the relationship between the deformation and stress relaxation from RBCs under a specific location of shear flow as a function of the velocity field. The stress tensor is usually characterized by constitutive equations such as the Upper-Convected Maxwell Model 

(29) and the Oldroyd-B model 

(30) to track the molecule effects under shear from different driving forces. The prominent non-Newtonian features, such as shear thinning and yield stress, have played a vital role in the characterization of blood rheology, particularly with respect to the evaluation of yield stress under low shear conditions. The nature of stress measurement in blood, typically on the order of 1 mPa, is challenging due to its low magnitude. The occurrence of the CFL complicates the measurement further due to the significant decrease in apparent viscosity near the wall over time and a consequential disparity in viscosity compared to the bulk region.In addition to shear thinning viscosity and yield stress, the formation of aggregation (rouleaux) from RBCs under low shear rates also contributes to the viscoelasticity under transient flow 

(31) and thixotropy 

(32) of whole blood. Given the difficulty in evaluating viscoelastic behavior of blood under low strain magnitudes and limitations in generalized Newtonian models, the utilization of viscoelastic models is advocated to encompass elasticity and delineate non-shear components within the stress tensor. Extending from the Oldroyd-B model, Anand et al. 

(33) developed a viscoelastic model framework for adapting elasticity within blood samples and predicting non-shear stress components. However, to also address the thixotropic effects, the model developed by Horner et al. 

(34) serves as a more comprehensive approach than the viscoelastic model from Anand et al. Thixotropy 

(32) typically occurs from the structural change of the rouleaux, where low shear rate conditions induce rouleaux formation. Correspondingly, elasticity increases, while elasticity is more representative of the isolated RBCs, under high shear rate conditions. The model of Horner et al. 

(34) considers the contribution of rouleaux to shear stress, taking into account factors such as the characteristic time for Brownian aggregation, shear-induced aggregation, and shear-induced breakage. Subsequent advancements in the model from Horner et al. often revolve around refining the three aforementioned key terms for a more substantial characterization of rouleaux dynamics. Notably, this has led to the recently developed mHAWB model 

(35) and other model iterations to enhance the accuracy of elastic and viscoelastic contributions to blood rheology, including the recently improved model suggested by Armstrong et al. 

(36)

2.2.2. Numerical Methods (FDM, FEM, FVM)

Numerical simulation has become increasingly more significant in analyzing the geometry, boundary layers of flow, and nonlinearity of hyperbolic viscoelastic flow constitutive equations. CFD is a powerful and efficient tool utilizing numerical methods to solve the governing hydrodynamic equations, such as the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, continuity equation, and energy conservation equation, for qualitative evaluation of fluid motion dynamics under different parameters. CFD overcomes the challenge of analytically solving nonlinear forms of differential equations by employing numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) to discretize and solve the partial differential equations (PDEs), allowing for qualitative reproduction of transport phenomena and experimental observations. Different numerical methods are chosen to cope with various transport systems for optimization of the accuracy of the result and control of error during the discretization process.FDM is a straightforward approach to discretizing PDEs, replacing the continuum representation of equations with a set of finite-difference equations, which is typically applied to structured grids for efficient implementation in CFD programs. 

(37) However, FDM is often limited to simple geometries such as rectangular or block-shaped geometries and struggles with curved boundaries. In contrast, FEM divides the fluid domain into small finite grids or elements, approximating PDEs through a local description of physics. 

(38) All elements contribute to a large, sparse matrix solver. However, FEM may not always provide accurate results for systems involving significant deformation and aggregation of particles like RBCs due to large distortion of grids. 

(39) FVM evaluates PDEs following the conservation laws and discretizes the selected flow domain into small but finite size control volumes, with each grid at the center of a finite volume. 

(40) The divergence theorem allows the conversion of volume integrals of PDEs with divergence terms into surface integrals of surface fluxes across cell boundaries. Due to its conservation property, FVM offers efficient outcomes when dealing with PDEs that embody mass, momentum, and energy conservation principles. Furthermore, widely accessible software packages like the OpenFOAM toolbox 

(41) include a viscoelastic solver, making it an attractive option for viscoelastic fluid flow modeling. 

(42)

2.2.3. Modeling Methods of Blood Flow Dynamics

The complexity in the blood flow simulation arises from deformability and aggregation that RBCs exhibit during their interaction with neighboring cells under different shear rate conditions induced by blood flow. Numerical models coupled with simulation programs have been applied as a groundbreaking method to predict such unique rheological behavior exhibited by RBCs and whole blood. The conventional approach of a single-phase flow simulation is often applied to blood flow simulations within large vessels possessing a moderate shear rate. However, such a method assumes the properties of plasma, RBCs and other cellular components to be evenly distributed as average density and viscosity in blood, resulting in the inability to simulate the mechanical dynamics, such as RBC aggregation under high-shear flow field, inherent in RBCs. To accurately describe the asymmetric distribution of RBC and blood flow, multiphase flow simulation, where numerical simulations of blood flows are often modeled as two immiscible phases, RBCs and blood plasma, is proposed. A common assumption is that RBCs exhibit non-Newtonian behavior while the plasma is treated as a continuous Newtonian phase.Numerous multiphase numerical models have been proposed to simulate the influence of RBCs on blood flow dynamics by different assumptions. In large-scale simulations (above the millimeter range), continuum-based methods are wildly used due to their lower computational demands. 

(43) Eulerian multiphase flow simulations offer the solution of a set of conservation equations for each separate phase and couple the phases through common pressure and interphase exchange coefficients. Xu et al. 

(44) utilized the combined finite-discrete element method (FDEM) to replicate the dynamic behavior and distortion of RBCs subjected to fluidic forces, utilizing the Johnson–Kendall–Roberts model 

(45) to define the adhesive forces of cell-to-cell interactions. The iterative direct-forcing immersed boundary method (IBM) is commonly employed in simulations of the fluid–cell interface of blood. This method effectively captures the intricacies of the thin and flexible RBC membranes within various external flow fields. 

(46) The study by Xu et al. 

(44) also adopts this approach to bridge the fluid dynamics and RBC deformation through IBM. Yoon and You utilized the Maxwell model to define the viscosity of the RBC membrane. 

(47) It was discovered that the Maxwell model could represent the stress relaxation and unloading processes of the cell. Furthermore, the reduced flexibility of an RBC under particular situations such as infection is specified, which was unattainable by the Kelvin–Voigt model 

(48) when compared to the Maxwell model in the literature. The Yeoh hyperplastic material model was also adapted to predict the nonlinear elasticity property of RBCs with FEM employed to discretize the RBC membrane using shell-type elements. Gracka et al. 

(49) developed a numerical CFD model with a finite-volume parallel solver for multiphase blood flow simulation, where an updated Maxwell viscoelasticity model and a Discrete Phase Model are adopted. In the study, the adapted IBM, based on unstructured grids, simulates the flow behavior and shape change of the RBCs through fluid-structure coupling. It was found that the hybrid Euler–Lagrange (E–L) approach 

(50) for the development of the multiphase model offered better results in the simulated CFL region in the microchannels.To study the dynamics of individual behaviors of RBCs and the consequent non-Newtonian blood flow, cell-shape-resolved computational models are often adapted. The use of the boundary integral method has become prevalent in minimizing computational expenses, particularly in the exclusive determination of fluid velocity on the surfaces of RBCs, incorporating the option of employing IBM or particle-based techniques. The cell-shaped-resolved method has enabled an examination of cell to cell interactions within complex ambient or pulsatile flow conditions 

(51) surrounding RBC membranes. Recently, Rydquist et al. 

(52) have looked to integrate statistical information from macroscale simulations to obtain a comprehensive overview of RBC behavior within the immediate proximity of the flow through introduction of respective models characterizing membrane shape definition, tension, bending stresses of RBC membranes.At a macroscopic scale, continuum models have conventionally been adapted for assessing blood flow dynamics through the application of elasticity theory and fluid dynamics. However, particle-based methods are known for their simplicity and adaptability in modeling complex multiscale fluid structures. Meshless methods, such as the boundary element method (BEM), smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH), and dissipative particle dynamics (DPD), are often used in particle-based characterization of RBCs and the surrounding fluid. By representing the fluid as discrete particles, meshless methods provide insights into the status and movement of the multiphase fluid. These methods allow for the investigation of cellular structures and microscopic interactions that affect blood rheology. Non-confronting mesh methods like IBM can also be used to couple a fluid solver such as FEM, FVM, or the Lattice Boltzmann Method (LBM) through membrane representation of RBCs. In comparison to conventional CFD methods, LBM has been viewed as a favorable numerical approach for solving the N–S equations and the simulation of multiphase flows. LBM exhibits the notable advantage of being amenable to high-performance parallel computing environments due to its inherently local dynamics. In contrast to DPD and SPH where RBC membranes are modeled as physically interconnected particles, LBM employs the IBM to account for the deformation dynamics of RBCs 

(53,54) under shear flows in complex channel geometries. 

(54,55) However, it is essential to acknowledge that the utilization of LBM in simulating RBC flows often entails a significant computational overhead, being a primary challenge in this context. Krüger et al. 

(56) proposed utilizing LBM as a fluid solver, IBM to couple the fluid and FEM to compute the response of membranes to deformation under immersed fluids. This approach decouples the fluid and membranes but necessitates significant computational effort due to the requirements of both meshes and particles.Despite the accuracy of current blood flow models, simulating complex conditions remains challenging because of the high computational load and cost. Balachandran Nair et al. 

(57) suggested a reduced order model of RBC under the framework of DEM, where the RBC is represented by overlapping constituent rigid spheres. The Morse potential force is adapted to account for the RBC aggregation exhibited by cell to cell interactions among RBCs at different distances. Based upon the IBM, the reduced-order RBC model is adapted to simulate blood flow transport for validation under both single and multiple RBCs with a resolved CFD-DEM solver. 

(58) In the resolved CFD-DEM model, particle sizes are larger than the grid size for a more accurate computation of the surrounding flow field. A continuous forcing approach is taken to describe the momentum source of the governing equation prior to discretization, which is different from a Direct Forcing Method (DFM). 

(59) As no body-conforming moving mesh is required, the continuous forcing approach offers lower complexity and reduced cost when compared to the DFM. Piquet et al. 

(60) highlighted the high complexity of the DFM due to its reliance on calculating an additional immersed boundary flux for the velocity field to ensure its divergence-free condition.The fluid–structure interaction (FSI) method has been advocated to connect the dynamic interplay of RBC membranes and fluid plasma within blood flow such as the coupling of continuum–particle interactions. However, such methodology is generally adapted for anatomical configurations such as arteries 

(61,62) and capillaries, 

(63) where both the structural components and the fluid domain undergo substantial deformation due to the moving boundaries. Due to the scope of the Review being blood flow simulation within microchannels of LOC devices without deformable boundaries, the Review of the FSI method will not be further carried out.In general, three numerical methods are broadly used: mesh-based, particle-based, and hybrid mesh–particle techniques, based on the spatial scale and the fundamental numerical approach, mesh-based methods tend to neglect the effects of individual particles, assuming a continuum and being efficient in terms of time and cost. However, the particle-based approach highlights more of the microscopic and mesoscopic level, where the influence of individual RBCs is considered. A review from Freund et al. 

(64) addressed the three numerical methodologies and their respective modeling approaches of RBC dynamics. Given the complex mechanics and the diverse levels of study concerning numerical simulations of blood and cellular flow, a broad spectrum of numerical methods for blood has been subjected to extensive review. 

(64−70) Ye at al. 

(65) offered an extensive review of the application of the DPD, SPH, and LBM for numerical simulations of RBC, while Rathnayaka et al. 

(67) conducted a review of the particle-based numerical modeling for liquid marbles through drawing parallels to the transport of RBCs in microchannels. A comparative analysis between conventional CFD methods and particle-based approaches for cellular and blood flow dynamic simulation can be found under the review by Arabghahestani et al. 

(66) Literature by Li et al. 

(68) and Beris et al. 

(69) offer an overview of both continuum-based models at micro/macroscales and multiscale particle-based models encompassing various length and temporal dimensions. Furthermore, these reviews deliberate upon the potential of coupling continuum-particle methods for blood plasma and RBC modeling. Arciero et al. 

(70) investigated various modeling approaches encompassing cellular interactions, such as cell to cell or plasma interactions and the individual cellular phases. A concise overview of the reviews is provided in Table 2 for reference.

Table 2. List of Reviews for Numerical Approaches Employed in Blood Flow Simulation

ReferenceNumerical methods
Li et al. (2013) (68)Continuum-based modeling (BIM), particle-based modeling (LBM, LB-FE, SPH, DPD)
Freund (2014) (64)RBC dynamic modeling (continuum-based modeling, complementary discrete microstructure modeling), blood flow dynamic modeling (FDM, IBM, LBM, particle-mesh methods, coupled boundary integral and mesh-based methods, DPD)
Ye et al. (2016) (65)DPD, SPH, LBM, coupled IBM-Smoothed DPD
Arciero et al. (2017) (70)LBM, IBM, DPD, conventional CFD Methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Arabghahestani et al. (2019) (66)Particle-based methods (LBM, DPD, direct simulation Monte Carlo, molecular dynamics), SPH, conventional CFD methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Beris et al. (2021) (69)DPD, smoothed DPD, IBM, LBM, BIM
Rathnayaka (2022) (67)SPH, CG, LBM

3. Capillary Driven Blood Flow in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


3.1. Capillary Driven Flow Phenomena

Capillary driven (CD) flow is a pivotal mechanism in passive microfluidic flow systems 

(9) such as the blood circulation system and LOC systems. 

(71) CD flow is essentially the movement of a liquid to flow against drag forces, where the capillary effect exerts a force on the liquid at the borders, causing a liquid–air meniscus to flow despite gravity or other drag forces. A capillary pressure drops across the liquid–air interface with surface tension in the capillary radius and contact angle. The capillary effect depends heavily on the interaction between the different properties of surface materials. Different values of contact angles can be manipulated and obtained under varying levels of surface wettability treatments to manipulate the surface properties, resulting in different CD blood delivery rates for medical diagnostic device microchannels. CD flow techniques are appealing for many LOC devices, because they require no external energy. However, due to the passive property of liquid propulsion by capillary forces and the long-term instability of surface treatments on channel walls, the adaptability of CD flow in geometrically complex LOC devices may be limited.

3.2. Theoretical and Numerical Modeling of Capillary Driven Blood Flow

3.2.1. Theoretical Basis and Assumptions of Microfluidic Flow

The study of transport phenomena regarding either blood flow driven by capillary forces or externally applied forces under microfluid systems all demands a comprehensive recognition of the significant differences in flow dynamics between microscale and macroscale. The fundamental assumptions and principles behind fluid transport at the microscale are discussed in this section. Such a comprehension will lay the groundwork for the following analysis of the theoretical basis of capillary forces and their role in blood transport in LOC systems.

At the macroscale, fluid dynamics are often strongly influenced by gravity due to considerable fluid mass. However, the high surface to volume ratio at the microscale shifts the balance toward surface forces (e.g., surface tension and viscous forces), much larger than the inertial force. This difference gives rise to transport phenomena unique to microscale fluid transport, such as the prevalence of laminar flow due to a very low Reynolds number (generally lower than 1). Moreover, the fluid in a microfluidic system is often assumed to be incompressible due to the small flow velocity, indicating constant fluid density in both space and time.Microfluidic flow behaviors are governed by the fundamental principles of mass and momentum conservation, which are encapsulated in the continuity equation and the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation. The continuity equation describes the conservation of mass, while the N–S equation captures the spatial and temporal variations in velocity, pressure, and other physical parameters. Under the assumption of the negligible influence of gravity in microfluidic systems, the continuity equation and the Eulerian representation of the incompressible N–S equation can be expressed as follows:

∇·𝐮⇀=0∇·�⇀=0

(7)

−∇𝑝+𝜇∇2𝐮⇀+∇·𝝉⇀−𝐅⇀=0−∇�+�∇2�⇀+∇·�⇀−�⇀=0

(8)Here, p is the pressure, u is the fluid viscosity, 

𝝉⇀�⇀ represents the stress tensor, and F is the body force exerted by external forces if present.

3.2.2. Theoretical Basis and Modeling of Capillary Force in LOC Systems

The capillary force is often the major driving force to manipulate and transport blood without an externally applied force in LOC systems. Forces induced by the capillary effect impact the free surface of fluids and are represented not directly in the Navier–Stokes equations but through the pressure boundary conditions of the pressure term p. For hydrophilic surfaces, the liquid generally induces a contact angle between 0° and 30°, encouraging the spread and attraction of fluid under a positive cos θ condition. For this condition, the pressure drop becomes positive and generates a spontaneous flow forward. A hydrophobic solid surface repels the fluid, inducing minimal contact. Generally, hydrophobic solids exhibit a contact angle larger than 90°, inducing a negative value of cos θ. Such a value will result in a negative pressure drop and a flow in the opposite direction. The induced contact angle is often utilized to measure the wall exposure of various surface treatments on channel walls where different wettability gradients and surface tension effects for CD flows are established. Contact angles between different interfaces are obtainable through standard values or experimental methods for reference. 

(72)For the characterization of the induced force by the capillary effect, the Young–Laplace (Y–L) equation 

(73) is widely employed. In the equation, the capillary is considered a pressure boundary condition between the two interphases. Through the Y–L equation, the capillary pressure force can be determined, and subsequently, the continuity and momentum balance equations can be solved to obtain the blood filling rate. Kim et al. 

(74) studied the effects of concentration and exposure time of a nonionic surfactant, Silwet L-77, on the performance of a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) microchannel in terms of plasma and blood self-separation. The study characterized the capillary pressure force by incorporating the Y–L equation and further evaluated the effects of the changing contact angle due to different levels of applied channel wall surface treatments. The expression of the Y–L equation utilized by Kim et al. 

(74) is as follows:

𝑃=−𝜎(cos𝜃b+cos𝜃tℎ+cos𝜃l+cos𝜃r𝑤)�=−�(cos⁡�b+cos⁡�tℎ+cos⁡�l+cos⁡�r�)

(9)where σ is the surface tension of the liquid and θ

bθ

tθ

l, and θ

r are the contact angle values between the liquid and the bottom, top, left, and right walls, respectively. A numerical simulation through Coventor software is performed to evaluate the dynamic changes in the filling rate within the microchannel. The simulation results for the blood filling rate in the microchannel are expressed at a specific time stamp, shown in Figure 2. The results portray an increasing instantaneous filling rate of blood in the microchannel following the decrease in contact angle induced by a higher concentration of the nonionic surfactant treated to the microchannel wall.

Figure 2. Numerical simulation of filling rate of capillary driven blood flow under various contact angle conditions at a specific timestamp. (74) Reproduced with permission from ref (74). Copyright 2010 Elsevier.

When in contact with hydrophilic or hydrophobic surfaces, blood forms a meniscus with a contact angle due to surface tension. The Lucas–Washburn (L–W) equation 

(75) is one of the pioneering theoretical definitions for the position of the meniscus over time. In addition, the L–W equation provides the possibility for research to obtain the velocity of the blood formed meniscus through the derivation of the meniscus position. The L–W equation 

(75) can be shown below:

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑡2𝜇⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�(�)=��⁡cos(�)�2�

(10)Here L(t) represents the distance of the liquid driven by the capillary forces. However, the generalized L–W equation solely assumes the constant physical properties from a Newtonian fluid rather than considering the non-Newtonian fluid behavior of blood. Cito et al. 

(76) constructed an enhanced version of the L–W equation incorporating the power law to consider the RBC aggregation and the FL effect. The non-Newtonian fluid apparent viscosity under the Power Law model is defined as

𝜇=𝑘·(𝛾˙)𝑛−1�=�·(�˙)�−1

(11)where γ̇ is the strain rate tensor defined as 

𝛾˙=12𝛾˙𝑖𝑗𝛾˙𝑗𝑖⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�˙=12�˙���˙��. The stress tensor term τ is computed as τ = μγ̇

ij. The updated L–W equation by Cito 

(76) is expressed as

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅[(𝑛+13𝑛+1)(𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑅𝑘)1/𝑛𝑡]𝑛/𝑛+1�(�)=�[(�+13�+1)(�⁡cos(�)��)1/��]�/�+1

(12)where k is the flow consistency index and n is the power law index, respectively. The power law index, from the Power Law model, characterizes the extent of the non-Newtonian behavior of blood. Both the consistency and power law index rely on blood properties such as hematocrit, the appearance of the FL effect, the formation of RBC aggregates, etc. The updated L–W equation computes the location and velocity of blood flow caused by capillary forces at specified time points within the LOC devices, taking into account the effects of blood flow characteristics such as RBC aggregation and the FL effect on dynamic blood viscosity.Apart from the blood flow behaviors triggered by inherent blood properties, unique flow conditions driven by capillary forces that are portrayed under different microchannel geometries also hold crucial implications for CD blood delivery. Berthier et al. 

(77) studied the spontaneous Concus–Finn condition, the condition to initiate the spontaneous capillary flow within a V-groove microchannel, as shown in Figure 3(a) both experimentally and numerically. Through experimental studies, the spontaneous Concus–Finn filament development of capillary driven blood flow is observed, as shown in Figure 3(b), while the dynamic development of blood flow is numerically simulated through CFD simulation.

Figure 3. (a) Sketch of the cross-section of Berthier’s V-groove microchannel, (b) experimental view of blood in the V-groove microchannel, (78) (c) illustration of the dynamic change of the extension of filament from FLOW 3D under capillary flow at three increasing time intervals. (78) Reproduced with permission from ref (78). Copyright 2014 Elsevier.

Berthier et al. 

(77) characterized the contact angle needed for the initiation of the capillary driving force at a zero-inlet pressure, through the half-angle (α) of the V-groove geometry layout, and its relation to the Concus–Finn filament as shown below:

𝜃<𝜋2−𝛼sin𝛼1+2(ℎ2/𝑤)sin𝛼<cos𝜃{�<�2−�sin⁡�1+2(ℎ2/�)⁡sin⁡�<cos⁡�

(13)Three possible regimes were concluded based on the contact angle value for the initiation of flow and development of Concus–Finn filament:

𝜃>𝜃1𝜃1>𝜃>𝜃0𝜃0no SCFSCF without a Concus−Finn filamentSCF without a Concus−Finn filament{�>�1no SCF�1>�>�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament

(14)Under Newton’s Law, the force balance with low Reynolds and Capillary numbers results in the neglect of inertial terms. The force balance between the capillary forces and the viscous force induced by the channel wall is proposed to derive the analytical fluid velocity. This relation between the two forces offers insights into the average flow velocity and the penetration distance function dependent on time. The apparent blood viscosity is defined by Berthier et al. 

(78) through Casson’s law, 

(23) given in eq 1. The research used the FLOW-3D program from Flow Science Inc. software, which solves transient, free-surface problems using the FDM in multiple dimensions. The Volume of Fluid (VOF) method 

(79) is utilized to locate and track the dynamic extension of filament throughout the advancing interface within the channel ahead of the main flow at three progressing time stamps, as depicted in Figure 3(c).

4. Electro-osmotic Flow (EOF) in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


The utilization of external forces, such as electric fields, has significantly broadened the possibility of manipulating microfluidic flow in LOC systems. 

(80) Externally applied electric field forces induce a fluid flow from the movement of ions in fluid terms as the “electro-osmotic flow” (EOF).Unique transport phenomena, such as enhanced flow velocity and flow instability, induced by non-Newtonian fluids, particularly viscoelastic fluids, under EOF, have sparked considerable interest in microfluidic devices with simple or complicated geometries within channels. 

(81) However, compared to the study of Newtonian fluids and even other electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flows, the literature focusing on the theoretical and numerical modeling of electro-osmotic blood flow is limited due to the complexity of blood properties. Consequently, to obtain a more comprehensive understanding of the complex blood flow behavior under EOF, theoretical and numerical studies of the transport phenomena in the EOF section will be based on the studies of different viscoelastic fluids under EOF rather than that of blood specifically. Despite this limitation, we believe these studies offer valuable insights that can help understand the complex behavior of blood flow under EOF.

4.1. EOF Phenomena

Electro-osmotic flow occurs at the interface between the microchannel wall and bulk phase solution. When in contact with the bulk phase, solution ions are absorbed or dissociated at the solid–liquid interface, resulting in the formation of a charge layer, as shown in Figure 4. This charged channel surface wall interacts with both negative and positive ions in the bulk sample, causing repulsion and attraction forces to create a thin layer of immobilized counterions, known as the Stern layer. The induced electric potential from the wall gradually decreases with an increase in the distance from the wall. The Stern layer potential, commonly termed the zeta potential, controls the intensity of the electrostatic interactions between mobile counterions and, consequently, the drag force from the applied electric field. Next to the Stern layer is the diffuse mobile layer, mainly composed of a mobile counterion. These two layers constitute the “electrical double layer” (EDL), the thickness of which is directly proportional to the ionic strength (concentration) of the bulk fluid. The relationship between the two parameters is characterized by a Debye length (λ

D), expressed as

𝜆𝐷=𝜖𝑘B𝑇2(𝑍𝑒)2𝑐0⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√��=��B�2(��)2�0

(15)where ϵ is the permittivity of the electrolyte solution, k

B is the Boltzmann constant, T is the electron temperature, Z is the integer valence number, e is the elementary charge, and c

0 is the ionic density.

Figure 4. Schematic diagram of an electro-osmotic flow in a microchannel with negative surface charge. (82) Reproduced with permission from ref (82). Copyright 2012 Woodhead Publishing.

When an electric field is applied perpendicular to the EDL, viscous drag is generated due to the movement of excess ions in the EDL. Electro-osmotic forces can be attributed to the externally applied electric potential (ϕ) and the zeta potential, the system wall induced potential by charged walls (ψ). As illustrated in Figure 4, the majority of ions in the bulk phase have a uniform velocity profile, except for a shear rate condition confined within an extremely thin Stern layer. Therefore, EOF displays a unique characteristic of a “near flat” or plug flow velocity profile, different from the parabolic flow typically induced by pressure-driven microfluidic flow (Hagen–Poiseuille flow). The plug-shaped velocity profile of the EOF possesses a high shear rate above the Stern layer.Overall, the EOF velocity magnitude is typically proportional to the Debye Length (λ

D), zeta potential, and magnitude of the externally applied electric field, while a more viscous liquid reduces the EOF velocity.

4.2. Modeling on Electro-osmotic Viscoelastic Fluid Flow

4.2.1. Theoretical Basis of EOF Mechanisms

The EOF of an incompressible viscoelastic fluid is commonly governed by the continuity and incompressible N–S equations, as shown in eqs 7 and 8, where the stress tensor and the electrostatic force term are coupled. The electro-osmotic body force term F, representing the body force exerted by the externally applied electric force, is defined as 

𝐹⇀=𝑝𝐸𝐸⇀�⇀=���⇀, where ρ

E and 

𝐸⇀�⇀ are the net electric charge density and the applied external electric field, respectively.Numerous models are established to theoretically study the externally applied electric potential and the system wall induced potential by charged walls. The following Laplace equation, expressed as eq 16, is generally adapted and solved to calculate the externally applied potential (ϕ).

∇2𝜙=0∇2�=0

(16)Ion diffusion under applied electric fields, together with mass transport resulting from convection and diffusion, transports ionic solutions in bulk flow under electrokinetic processes. The Nernst–Planck equation can describe these transport methods, including convection, diffusion, and electro-diffusion. Therefore, the Nernst–Planck equation is used to determine the distribution of the ions within the electrolyte. The electric potential induced by the charged channel walls follows the Poisson–Nernst–Plank (PNP) equation, which can be written as eq 17.

∇·[𝐷𝑖∇𝑛𝑖−𝑢⇀𝑛𝑖+𝑛𝑖𝐷𝑖𝑧𝑖𝑒𝑘𝑏𝑇∇(𝜙+𝜓)]=0∇·[��∇��−�⇀��+����������∇(�+�)]=0

(17)where D

in

i, and z

i are the diffusion coefficient, ionic concentration, and ionic valence of the ionic species I, respectively. However, due to the high nonlinearity and numerical stiffness introduced by different lengths and time scales from the PNP equations, the Poisson–Boltzmann (PB) model is often considered the major simplified method of the PNP equation to characterize the potential distribution of the EDL region in microchannels. In the PB model, it is assumed that the ionic species in the fluid follow the Boltzmann distribution. This model is typically valid for steady-state problems where charge transport can be considered negligible, the EDLs do not overlap with each other, and the intrinsic potentials are low. It provides a simplified representation of the potential distribution in the EDL region. The PB equation governing the EDL electric potential distribution is described as

∇2𝜓=(2𝑒𝑧𝑛0𝜀𝜀0)sinh(𝑧𝑒𝜓𝑘b𝑇)∇2�=(2���0��0)⁡sinh(����b�)

(18)where n

0 is the ion bulk concentration, z is the ionic valence, and ε

0 is the electric permittivity in the vacuum. Under low electric potential conditions, an even further simplified model to illustrate the EOF phenomena is the Debye–Hückel (DH) model. The DH model is derived by obtaining a charge density term by expanding the exponential term of the Boltzmann equation in a Taylor series.

4.2.2. EOF Modeling for Viscoelastic Fluids

Many studies through numerical modeling were performed to obtain a deeper understanding of the effect exhibited by externally applied electric fields on viscoelastic flow in microchannels under various geometrical designs. Bello et al. 

(83) found that methylcellulose solution, a non-Newtonian polymer solution, resulted in stronger electro-osmotic mobility in experiments when compared to the predictions by the Helmholtz–Smoluchowski equation, which is commonly used to define the velocity of EOF of a Newtonian fluid. Being one of the pioneers to identify the discrepancies between the EOF of Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, Bello et al. attributed such discrepancies to the presence of a very high shear rate in the EDL, resulting in a change in the orientation of the polymer molecules. Park and Lee 

(84) utilized the FVM to solve the PB equation for the characterization of the electric field induced force. In the study, the concept of fractional calculus for the Oldroyd-B model was adapted to illustrate the elastic and memory effects of viscoelastic fluids in a straight microchannel They observed that fluid elasticity and increased ratio of viscoelastic fluid contribution to overall fluid viscosity had a significant impact on the volumetric flow rate and sensitivity of velocity to electric field strength compared to Newtonian fluids. Afonso et al. 

(85) derived an analytical expression for EOF of viscoelastic fluid between parallel plates using the DH model to account for a zeta potential condition below 25 mV. The study established the understanding of the electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow under low zeta potential conditions. Apart from the electrokinetic forces, pressure forces can also be coupled with EOF to generate a unique fluid flow behavior within the microchannel. Sousa et al. 

(86) analytically studied the flow of a standard viscoelastic solution by combining the pressure gradient force with an externally applied electric force. It was found that, at a near wall skimming layer and the outer layer away from the wall, macromolecules migrating away from surface walls in viscoelastic fluids are observed. In the study, the Phan-Thien Tanner (PTT) constitutive model is utilized to characterize the viscoelastic properties of the solution. The approach is found to be valid when the EDL is much thinner than the skimming layer under an enhanced flow rate. Zhao and Yang 

(87) solved the PB equation and Carreau model for the characterization of the EOF mechanism and non-Newtonian fluid respectively through the FEM. The numerical results depict that, different from the EOF of Newtonian fluids, non-Newtonian fluids led to an increase of electro-osmotic mobility for shear thinning fluids but the opposite for shear thickening fluids.Like other fluid transport driving forces, EOF within unique geometrical layouts also portrays unique transport phenomena. Pimenta and Alves 

(88) utilized the FVM to perform numerical simulations of the EOF of viscoelastic fluids considering the PB equation and the Oldroyd-B model, in a cross-slot and flow-focusing microdevices. It was found that electroelastic instabilities are formed due to the development of large stresses inside the EDL with streamlined curvature at geometry corners. Bezerra et al. 

(89) used the FDM to numerically analyze the vortex formation and flow instability from an electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow in a microchannel with a nozzle geometry and parallel wall geometry setting. The PNP equation is utilized to characterize the charge motion in the EOF and the PTT model for non-Newtonian flow characterization. A constriction geometry is commonly utilized in blood flow adapted in LOC systems due to the change in blood flow behavior under narrow dimensions in a microchannel. Ji et al. 

(90) recently studied the EOF of viscoelastic fluid in a constriction microchannel connected by two relatively big reservoirs on both ends (as seen in Figure 5) filled with the polyacrylamide polymer solution, a viscoelastic fluid, and an incompressible monovalent binary electrolyte solution KCl.

Figure 5. Schematic diagram of a negatively charged constriction microchannel connected to two reservoirs at both ends. An electro-osmotic flow is induced in the system by the induced potential difference between the anode and cathode. (90) Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

In studying the EOF of viscoelastic fluids, the Oldroyd-B model is often utilized to characterize the polymeric stress tensor and the deformation rate of the fluid. The Oldroyd-B model is expressed as follows:

𝜏=𝜂p𝜆(𝐜−𝐈)�=�p�(�−�)

(19)where η

p, λ, c, and I represent the polymer dynamic viscosity, polymer relaxation time, symmetric conformation tensor of the polymer molecules, and the identity matrix, respectively.A log-conformation tensor approach is taken to prevent convergence difficulty induced by the viscoelastic properties. The conformation tensor (c) in the polymeric stress tensor term is redefined by a new tensor (Θ) based on the natural logarithm of the c. The new tensor is defined as

Θ=ln(𝐜)=𝐑ln(𝚲)𝐑Θ=ln(�)=�⁡ln(�)�

(20)in which Λ is the diagonal matrix and R is the orthogonal matrix.Under the new conformation tensor, the induced EOF of a viscoelastic fluid is governed by the continuity and N–S equations adapting the Oldroyd-B model, which is expressed as

∂𝚯∂𝑡+𝐮·∇𝚯=𝛀Θ−ΘΩ+2𝐁+1𝜆(eΘ−𝐈)∂�∂�+�·∇�=�Θ−ΘΩ+2�+1�(eΘ−�)

(21)where Ω and B represent the anti-symmetric matrix and the symmetric traceless matrix of the decomposition of the velocity gradient tensor ∇u, respectively. The conformation tensor can be recovered by c = exp(Θ). The PB model and Laplace equation are utilized to characterize the charged channel wall induced potential and the externally applied potential.The governing equations are numerically solved through the FVM by RheoTool, 

(42) an open-source viscoelastic EOF solver on the OpenFOAM platform. A SIMPLEC (Semi-Implicit Method for Pressure Linked Equations-Consistent) algorithm was applied to solve the velocity-pressure coupling. The pressure field and velocity field were computed by the PCG (Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient) solver and the PBiCG (Preconditioned Biconjugate Gradient) solver, respectively.Ranging magnitudes of an applied electric field or fluid concentration induce both different streamlines and velocity magnitudes at various locations and times of the microchannel. In the study performed by Ji et al., 

(90) notable fluctuation of streamlines and vortex formation is formed at the upper stream entrance of the constriction as shown in Figure 6(a) and (b), respectively, due to the increase of electrokinetic effect, which is seen as a result of the increase in polymeric stress (τ

xx). 

(90) The contraction geometry enhances the EOF velocity within the constriction channel under high E

app condition (600 V/cm). Such phenomena can be attributed to the dependence of electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow on the system wall surface and bulk fluid properties. 

(91)

Figure 6. Schematic diagram of vortex formation and streamlines of EOF depicting flow instability at (a) 1.71 s and (b) 1.75 s. Spatial distribution of the elastic normal stress at (c) high Eapp condition. Streamline of an electro-osmotic flow under Eapp of 600 V/cm (90) for (d) non-Newtonian and (e) Newtonian fluid through a constriction geometry. Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

As elastic normal stress exceeds the local shear stress, flow instability and vortex formation occur. The induced elastic stress under EOF not only enhances the instability of the flow but often generates an irregular secondary flow leading to strong disturbance. 

(92) It is also vital to consider the effect of the constriction layout of microchannels on the alteration of the field strength within the system. The contraction geometry enhances a larger electric field strength compared with other locations of the channel outside the constriction region, resulting in a higher velocity gradient and stronger extension on the polymer within the viscoelastic solution. Following the high shear flow condition, a higher magnitude of stretch for polymer molecules in viscoelastic fluids exhibits larger elastic stresses and enhancement of vortex formation at the region. 

(93)As shown in Figure 6(c), significant elastic normal stress occurs at the inlet of the constriction microchannel. Such occurrence of a polymeric flow can be attributed to the dominating elongational flow, giving rise to high deformation of the polymers within the viscoelastic fluid flow, resulting in higher elastic stress from the polymers. Such phenomena at the entrance result in the difference in velocity streamline as circled in Figure 6(d) compared to that of the Newtonian fluid at the constriction entrance in Figure 6(e). 

(90) The difference between the Newtonian and polymer solution at the exit, as circled in Figure 6(d) and (e), can be attributed to the extrudate swell effect of polymers 

(94) within the viscoelastic fluid flow. The extrudate swell effect illustrates that, as polymers emerge from the constriction exit, they tend to contract in the flow direction and grow in the normal direction, resulting in an extrudate diameter greater than the channel size. The deformation of polymers within the polymeric flow at both the entrance and exit of the contraction channel facilitates the change in shear stress conditions of the flow, leading to the alteration in streamlines of flows for each region.

4.3. EOF Applications in LOC Systems

4.3.1. Mixing in LOC Systems

Rather than relying on the micromixing controlled by molecular diffusion under low Reynolds number conditions, active mixers actively leverage convective instability and vortex formation induced by electro-osmotic flows from alternating current (AC) or direct current (DC) electric fields. Such adaptation is recognized as significant breakthroughs for promotion of fluid mixing in chemical and biological applications such as drug delivery, medical diagnostics, chemical synthesis, and so on. 

(95)Many researchers proposed novel designs of electro-osmosis micromixers coupled with numerical simulations in conjunction with experimental findings to increase their understanding of the role of flow instability and vortex formation in the mixing process under electrokinetic phenomena. Matsubara and Narumi 

(96) numerically modeled the mixing process in a microchannel with four electrodes on each side of the microchannel wall, which generated a disruption through unstable electro-osmotic vortices. It was found that particle mixing was sensitive to both the convection effect induced by the main and secondary vortex within the micromixer and the change in oscillation frequency caused by the supplied AC voltage when the Reynolds number was varied. Qaderi et al. 

(97) adapted the PNP equation to numerically study the effect of the geometry and zeta potential configuration of the microchannel on the mixing process with a combined electro-osmotic pressure driven flow. It was reported that the application of heterogeneous zeta potential configuration enhances the mixing efficiency by around 23% while the height of the hurdles increases the mixing efficiency at most 48.1%. Cho et al. 

(98) utilized the PB model and Laplace equation to numerically simulate the electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid mixing process within a wavy and block layout of microchannel walls. The Power Law model is adapted to describe the fluid rheological characteristic. It was found that shear-thinning fluids possess a higher volumetric flow rate, which could result in poorer mixing efficiency compared to that of Newtonian fluids. Numerous studies have revealed that flow instability and vortex generation, in particular secondary vortices produced by barriers or greater magnitudes of heterogeneous zeta potential distribution, enhance mixing by increasing bulk flow velocity and reducing flow distance.To better understand the mechanism of disturbance formed in the system due to externally applied forces, known as electrokinetic instability, literature often utilize the Rayleigh (Ra) number, 

(1) as described below:

𝑅𝑎𝑣=𝑢ev𝑢eo=(𝛾−1𝛾+1)2𝑊𝛿2𝐸el2𝐻2𝜁𝛿Ra�=�ev�eo=(�−1�+1)2��2�el2�2��

(22)where γ is the conductivity ratio of the two streams and can be written as 

𝛾=𝜎el,H𝜎el,L�=�el,H�el,L. The Ra number characterizes the ratio between electroviscous and electro-osmotic flow. A high Ra

v value often results in good mixing. It is evident that fluid properties such as the conductivity (σ) of the two streams play a key role in the formation of disturbances to enhance mixing in microsystems. At the same time, electrokinetic parameters like the zeta potential (ζ) in the Ra number is critical in the characterization of electro-osmotic velocity and a slip boundary condition at the microchannel wall.To understand the mixing result along the channel, the concentration field can be defined and simulated under the assumption of steady state conditions and constant diffusion coefficient for each of the working fluid within the system through the convection–diffusion equation as below:

∂𝑐𝒊∂𝑡+∇⇀(𝑐𝑖𝑢⇀−𝐷𝑖∇⇀𝑐𝒊)=0∂��∂�+∇⇀(���⇀−��∇⇀��)=0

(23)where c

i is the species concentration of species i and D

i is the diffusion coefficient of the corresponding species.The standard deviation of concentration (σ

sd) can be adapted to evaluate the mixing quality of the system. 

(97) The standard deviation for concentration at a specific portion of the channel may be calculated using the equation below:

𝜎sd=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)−𝐶m)2d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯�sd=∫01(�*(�*)−�m)2d�*∫01d�*

(24)where C*(y*) and C

m are the non-dimensional concentration profile and the mean concentration at the portion, respectively. C* is the non-dimensional concentration and can be calculated as 

𝐶∗=𝐶𝐶ref�*=��ref, where C

ref is the reference concentration defined as the bulk solution concentration. The mean concentration profile can be calculated as 

𝐶m=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗�m=∫01(�*(�*)d�*∫01d�*. With the standard deviation of concentration, the mixing efficiency 

(97) can then be calculated as below:

𝜀𝑥=1−𝜎sd𝜎sd,0��=1−�sd�sd,0

(25)where σ

sd,0 is the standard derivation of the case of no mixing. The value of the mixing efficiency is typically utilized in conjunction with the simulated flow field and concentration field to explore the effect of geometrical and electrokinetic parameters on the optimization of the mixing results.

5. Summary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


5.1. Conclusion

Viscoelastic fluids such as blood flow in LOC systems are an essential topic to proceed with diagnostic analysis and research through microdevices in the biomedical and pharmaceutical industries. The complex blood flow behavior is tightly controlled by the viscoelastic characteristics of blood such as the dynamic viscosity and the elastic property of RBCs under various shear rate conditions. Furthermore, the flow behaviors under varied driving forces promote an array of microfluidic transport phenomena that are critical to the management of blood flow and other adapted viscoelastic fluids in LOC systems. This review addressed the blood flow phenomena, the complicated interplay between shear rate and blood flow behaviors, and their numerical modeling under LOC systems through the lens of the viscoelasticity characteristic. Furthermore, a theoretical understanding of capillary forces and externally applied electric forces leads to an in-depth investigation of the relationship between blood flow patterns and the key parameters of the two driving forces, the latter of which is introduced through the lens of viscoelastic fluids, coupling numerical modeling to improve the knowledge of blood flow manipulation in LOC systems. The flow disturbances triggered by the EOF of viscoelastic fluids and their impact on blood flow patterns have been deeply investigated due to their important role and applications in LOC devices. Continuous advancements of various numerical modeling methods with experimental findings through more efficient and less computationally heavy methods have served as an encouraging sign of establishing more accurate illustrations of the mechanisms for multiphase blood and other viscoelastic fluid flow transport phenomena driven by various forces. Such progress is fundamental for the manipulation of unique transport phenomena, such as the generated disturbances, to optimize functionalities offered by microdevices in LOC systems.

The following section will provide further insights into the employment of studied blood transport phenomena to improve the functionality of micro devices adapting LOC technology. A discussion of the novel roles that external driving forces play in microfluidic flow behaviors is also provided. Limitations in the computational modeling of blood flow and electrokinetic phenomena in LOC systems will also be emphasized, which may provide valuable insights for future research endeavors. These discussions aim to provide guidance and opportunities for new paths in the ongoing development of LOC devices that adapt blood flow.

5.2. Future Directions

5.2.1. Electro-osmosis Mixing in LOC Systems

Despite substantial research, mixing results through flow instability and vortex formation phenomena induced by electro-osmotic mixing still deviate from the effective mixing results offered by chaotic mixing results such as those seen in turbulent flows. However, recent discoveries of a mixing phenomenon that is generally observed under turbulent flows are found within electro-osmosis micromixers under low Reynolds number conditions. Zhao 

(99) experimentally discovered a rapid mixing process in an AC applied micromixer, where the power spectrum of concentration under an applied voltage of 20 V

p-p induces a −5/3 slope within a frequency range. This value of the slope is considered as the O–C spectrum in macroflows, which is often visible under relatively high Re conditions, such as the Taylor microscale Reynolds number Re > 500 in turbulent flows. 

(100) However, the Re value in the studied system is less than 1 at the specific location and applied voltage. A secondary flow is also suggested to occur close to microchannel walls, being attributed to the increase of convective instability within the system.Despite the experimental phenomenon proposed by Zhao et al., 

(99) the range of effects induced by vital parameters of an EOF mixing system on the enhanced mixing results and mechanisms of disturbance generated by the turbulent-like flow instability is not further characterized. Such a gap in knowledge may hinder the adaptability and commercialization of the discovery of micromixers. One of the parameters for further evaluation is the conductivity gradient of the fluid flow. A relatively strong conductivity gradient (5000:1) was adopted in the system due to the conductive properties of the two fluids. The high conductivity gradients may contribute to the relatively large Rayleigh number and differences in EDL layer thickness, resulting in an unusual disturbance in laminar flow conditions and enhanced mixing results. However, high conductivity gradients are not always achievable by the working fluids due to diverse fluid properties. The reliance on turbulent-like phenomena and rapid mixing results in a large conductivity gradient should be established to prevent the limited application of fluids for the mixing system. In addition, the proposed system utilizes distinct zeta potential distributions at the top and bottom walls due to their difference in material choices, which may be attributed to the flow instability phenomena. Further studies should be made on varying zeta potential magnitude and distribution to evaluate their effect on the slip boundary conditions of the flow and the large shear rate condition close to the channel wall of EOF. Such a study can potentially offer an optimized condition in zeta potential magnitude through material choices and geometrical layout of the zeta potential for better mixing results and manipulation of mixing fluid dynamics. The two vital parameters mentioned above can be varied with the aid of numerical simulation to understand the effect of parameters on the interaction between electro-osmotic forces and electroviscous forces. At the same time, the relationship of developed streamlines of the simulated velocity and concentration field, following their relationship with the mixing results, under the impact of these key parameters can foster more insight into the range of impact that the two parameters have on the proposed phenomena and the microfluidic dynamic principles of disturbances.

In addition, many of the current investigations of electrokinetic mixers commonly emphasize the fluid dynamics of mixing for Newtonian fluids, while the utilization of biofluids, primarily viscoelastic fluids such as blood, and their distinctive response under shear forces in these novel mixing processes of LOC systems are significantly less studied. To develop more compatible microdevice designs and efficient mixing outcomes for the biomedical industry, it is necessary to fill the knowledge gaps in the literature on electro-osmotic mixing for biofluids, where properties of elasticity, dynamic viscosity, and intricate relationship with shear flow from the fluid are further considered.

5.2.2. Electro-osmosis Separation in LOC Systems

Particle separation in LOC devices, particularly in biological research and diagnostics, is another area where disturbances may play a significant role in optimization. 

(101) Plasma analysis in LOC systems under precise control of blood flow phenomena and blood/plasma separation procedures can detect vital information about infectious diseases from particular antibodies and foreign nucleic acids for medical treatments, diagnostics, and research, 

(102) offering more efficient results and simple operating procedures compared to that of the traditional centrifugation method for blood and plasma separation. However, the adaptability of LOC devices for blood and plasma separation is often hindered by microchannel clogging, where flow velocity and plasma yield from LOC devices is reduced due to occasional RBC migration and aggregation at the filtration entrance of microdevices. 

(103)It is important to note that the EOF induces flow instability close to microchannel walls, which may provide further solutions to clogging for the separation process of the LOC systems. Mohammadi et al. 

(104) offered an anti-clogging effect of RBCs at the blood and plasma separating device filtration entry, adjacent to the surface wall, through RBC disaggregation under high shear rate conditions generated by a forward and reverse EOF direction.

Further theoretical and numerical research can be conducted to characterize the effect of high shear rate conditions near microchannel walls toward the detachment of binding blood cells on surfaces and the reversibility of aggregation. Through numerical modeling with varying electrokinetic parameters to induce different degrees of disturbances or shear conditions at channel walls, it may be possible to optimize and better understand the process of disrupting the forces that bind cells to surface walls and aggregated cells at filtration pores. RBCs that migrate close to microchannel walls are often attracted by the adhesion force between the RBC and the solid surface originating from the van der Waals forces. Following RBC migration and attachment by adhesive forces adjacent to the microchannel walls as shown in Figure 7, the increase in viscosity at the region causes a lower shear condition and encourages RBC aggregation (cell–cell interaction), which clogs filtering pores or microchannels and reduces flow velocity at filtration region. Both the impact that shear forces and disturbances may induce on cell binding forces with surface walls and other cells leading to aggregation may suggest further characterization. Kinetic parameters such as activation energy and the rate-determining step for cell binding composition attachment and detachment should be considered for modeling the dynamics of RBCs and blood flows under external forces in LOC separation devices.

Figure 7. Schematic representations of clogging at a microchannel pore following the sequence of RBC migration, cell attachment to channel walls, and aggregation. (105) Reproduced with permission from ref (105). Copyright 2018 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

5.2.3. Relationship between External Forces and Microfluidic Systems

In blood flow, a thicker CFL suggests a lower blood viscosity, suggesting a complex relationship between shear stress and shear rate, affecting the blood viscosity and blood flow. Despite some experimental and numerical studies on electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow, limited literature has performed an in-depth investigation of the role that applied electric forces and other external forces could play in the process of CFL formation. Additional studies on how shear rates from external forces affect CFL formation and microfluidic flow dynamics can shed light on the mechanism of the contribution induced by external driving forces to the development of a separate phase of layer, similar to CFL, close to the microchannel walls and distinct from the surrounding fluid within the system, then influencing microfluidic flow dynamics.One of the mechanisms of phenomena to be explored is the formation of the Exclusion Zone (EZ) region following a “Self-Induced Flow” (SIF) phenomenon discovered by Li and Pollack, 

(106) as shown in Figure 8(a) and (b), respectively. A spontaneous sustained axial flow is observed when hydrophilic materials are immersed in water, resulting in the buildup of a negative layer of charges, defined as the EZ, after water molecules absorb infrared radiation (IR) energy and break down into H and OH

+.

Figure 8. Schematic representations of (a) the Exclusion Zone region and (b) the Self Induced Flow through visualization of microsphere movement within a microchannel. (106) Reproduced with permission from ref (106). Copyright 2020 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

Despite the finding of such a phenomenon, the specific mechanism and role of IR energy have yet to be defined for the process of EZ development. To further develop an understanding of the role of IR energy in such phenomena, a feasible study may be seen through the lens of the relationships between external forces and microfluidic flow. In the phenomena, the increase of SIF velocity under a rise of IR radiation resonant characteristics is shown in the participation of the external electric field near the microchannel walls under electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow systems. The buildup of negative charges at the hydrophilic surfaces in EZ is analogous to the mechanism of electrical double layer formation. Indeed, research has initiated the exploration of the core mechanisms for EZ formation through the lens of the electrokinetic phenomena. 

(107) Such a similarity of the role of IR energy and the transport phenomena of SIF with electrokinetic phenomena paves the way for the definition of the unknown SIF phenomena and EZ formation. Furthermore, Li and Pollack 

(106) suggest whether CFL formation might contribute to a SIF of blood using solely IR radiation, a commonly available source of energy in nature, as an external driving force. The proposition may be proven feasible with the presence of the CFL region next to the negatively charged hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer, coating the luminal side of blood vessels. 

(108) Further research can dive into the resonating characteristics between the formation of the CFL region next to the hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer and that of the EZ formation close to hydrophilic microchannel walls. Indeed, an increase in IR energy is known to rapidly accelerate EZ formation and SIF velocity, depicting similarity to the increase in the magnitude of electric field forces and greater shear rates at microchannel walls affecting CFL formation and EOF velocity. Such correlation depicts a future direction in whether SIF blood flow can be observed and characterized theoretically further through the lens of the relationship between blood flow and shear forces exhibited by external energy.

The intricate link between the CFL and external forces, more specifically the externally applied electric field, can receive further attention to provide a more complete framework for the mechanisms between IR radiation and EZ formation. Such characterization may also contribute to a greater comprehension of the role IR can play in CFL formation next to the endothelial glycocalyx layer as well as its role as a driving force to propel blood flow, similar to the SIF, but without the commonly assumed pressure force from heart contraction as a source of driving force.

5.3. Challenges

Although there have been significant improvements in blood flow modeling under LOC systems over the past decade, there are still notable constraints that may require special attention for numerical simulation applications to benefit the adaptability of the designs and functionalities of LOC devices. Several points that require special attention are mentioned below:

1.The majority of CFD models operate under the relationship between the viscoelasticity of blood and the shear rate conditions of flow. The relative effect exhibited by the presence of highly populated RBCs in whole blood and their forces amongst the cells themselves under complex flows often remains unclearly defined. Furthermore, the full range of cell populations in whole blood requires a much more computational load for numerical modeling. Therefore, a vital goal for future research is to evaluate a reduced modeling method where the impact of cell–cell interaction on the viscoelastic property of blood is considered.
2.Current computational methods on hemodynamics rely on continuum models based upon non-Newtonian rheology at the macroscale rather than at molecular and cellular levels. Careful considerations should be made for the development of a constructive framework for the physical and temporal scales of micro/nanoscale systems to evaluate the intricate relationship between fluid driving forces, dynamic viscosity, and elasticity.
3.Viscoelastic fluids under the impact of externally applied electric forces often deviate from the assumptions of no-slip boundary conditions due to the unique flow conditions induced by externally applied forces. Furthermore, the mechanism of vortex formation and viscoelastic flow instability at laminar flow conditions should be better defined through the lens of the microfluidic flow phenomenon to optimize the prediction of viscoelastic flow across different geometrical layouts. Mathematical models and numerical methods are needed to better predict such disturbance caused by external forces and the viscoelasticity of fluids at such a small scale.
4.Under practical situations, zeta potential distribution at channel walls frequently deviates from the common assumption of a constant distribution because of manufacturing faults or inherent surface charges prior to the introduction of electrokinetic influence. These discrepancies frequently lead to inconsistent surface potential distribution, such as excess positive ions at relatively more negatively charged walls. Accordingly, unpredicted vortex formation and flow instability may occur. Therefore, careful consideration should be given to these discrepancies and how they could trigger the transport process and unexpected results of a microdevice.

Author Information

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


  • Corresponding Authors
    • Zhe Chen – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: zaccooky@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Bo Ouyang – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: bouy93@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Zheng-Hong Luo – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-9011-6020; Email: luozh@sjtu.edu.cn
  • Authors
    • Bin-Jie Lai – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0009-0002-8133-5381
    • Li-Tao Zhu – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-6514-8864
  • NotesThe authors declare no competing financial interest.

Acknowledgments

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (No. 22238005) and the Postdoctoral Research Foundation of China (No. GZC20231576).

Vocabulary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


Microfluidicsthe field of technological and scientific study that investigates fluid flow in channels with dimensions between 1 and 1000 μm
Lab-on-a-Chip Technologythe field of research and technological development aimed at integrating the micro/nanofluidic characteristics to conduct laboratory processes on handheld devices
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)the method utilizing computational abilities to predict physical fluid flow behaviors mathematically through solving the governing equations of corresponding fluid flows
Shear Ratethe rate of change in velocity where one layer of fluid moves past the adjacent layer
Viscoelasticitythe property holding both elasticity and viscosity characteristics relying on the magnitude of applied shear stress and time-dependent strain
Electro-osmosisthe flow of fluid under an applied electric field when charged solid surface is in contact with the bulk fluid
Vortexthe rotating motion of a fluid revolving an axis line

References

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This article references 108 other publications.

  1. 1Neethirajan, S.; Kobayashi, I.; Nakajima, M.; Wu, D.; Nandagopal, S.; Lin, F. Microfluidics for food, agriculture and biosystems industries. Lab Chip 201111 (9), 1574– 1586,  DOI: 10.1039/c0lc00230eViewGoogle Scholar
  2. 2Whitesides, G. M. The origins and the future of microfluidics. Nature 2006442 (7101), 368– 373,  DOI: 10.1038/nature05058ViewGoogle Scholar
  3. 3Burklund, A.; Tadimety, A.; Nie, Y.; Hao, N.; Zhang, J. X. J. Chapter One – Advances in diagnostic microfluidics; Elsevier, 2020; DOI:  DOI: 10.1016/bs.acc.2019.08.001 .ViewGoogle Scholar
  4. 4Abdulbari, H. A. Chapter 12 – Lab-on-a-chip for analysis of blood. In Nanotechnology for Hematology, Blood Transfusion, and Artificial Blood; Denizli, A., Nguyen, T. A., Rajan, M., Alam, M. F., Rahman, K., Eds.; Elsevier, 2022; pp 265– 283.ViewGoogle Scholar
  5. 5Vladisavljević, G. T.; Khalid, N.; Neves, M. A.; Kuroiwa, T.; Nakajima, M.; Uemura, K.; Ichikawa, S.; Kobayashi, I. Industrial lab-on-a-chip: Design, applications and scale-up for drug discovery and delivery. Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 201365 (11), 1626– 1663,  DOI: 10.1016/j.addr.2013.07.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  6. 6Kersaudy-Kerhoas, M.; Dhariwal, R.; Desmulliez, M. P. Y.; Jouvet, L. Hydrodynamic blood plasma separation in microfluidic channels. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 20108 (1), 105– 114,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-009-0450-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  7. 7Popel, A. S.; Johnson, P. C. Microcirculation and Hemorheology. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 43– 69,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.042604.133933ViewGoogle Scholar
  8. 8Fedosov, D. A.; Peltomäki, M.; Gompper, G. Deformation and dynamics of red blood cells in flow through cylindrical microchannels. Soft Matter 201410 (24), 4258– 4267,  DOI: 10.1039/C4SM00248BViewGoogle Scholar
  9. 9Chakraborty, S. Dynamics of capillary flow of blood into a microfluidic channel. Lab Chip 20055 (4), 421– 430,  DOI: 10.1039/b414566fViewGoogle Scholar
  10. 10Tomaiuolo, G.; Guido, S. Start-up shape dynamics of red blood cells in microcapillary flow. Microvascular Research 201182 (1), 35– 41,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2011.03.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  11. 11Sherwood, J. M.; Dusting, J.; Kaliviotis, E.; Balabani, S. The effect of red blood cell aggregation on velocity and cell-depleted layer characteristics of blood in a bifurcating microchannel. Biomicrofluidics 20126 (2), 24119,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4717755ViewGoogle Scholar
  12. 12Nader, E.; Skinner, S.; Romana, M.; Fort, R.; Lemonne, N.; Guillot, N.; Gauthier, A.; Antoine-Jonville, S.; Renoux, C.; Hardy-Dessources, M.-D. Blood Rheology: Key Parameters, Impact on Blood Flow, Role in Sickle Cell Disease and Effects of Exercise. Frontiers in Physiology 201910, 01329,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2019.01329ViewGoogle Scholar
  13. 13Trejo-Soto, C.; Lázaro, G. R.; Pagonabarraga, I.; Hernández-Machado, A. Microfluidics Approach to the Mechanical Properties of Red Blood Cell Membrane and Their Effect on Blood Rheology. Membranes 202212 (2), 217,  DOI: 10.3390/membranes12020217ViewGoogle Scholar
  14. 14Wagner, C.; Steffen, P.; Svetina, S. Aggregation of red blood cells: From rouleaux to clot formation. Comptes Rendus Physique 201314 (6), 459– 469,  DOI: 10.1016/j.crhy.2013.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  15. 15Kim, H.; Zhbanov, A.; Yang, S. Microfluidic Systems for Blood and Blood Cell Characterization. Biosensors 202313 (1), 13,  DOI: 10.3390/bios13010013ViewGoogle Scholar
  16. 16Fåhræus, R.; Lindqvist, T. THE VISCOSITY OF THE BLOOD IN NARROW CAPILLARY TUBES. American Journal of Physiology-Legacy Content 193196 (3), 562– 568,  DOI: 10.1152/ajplegacy.1931.96.3.562ViewGoogle Scholar
  17. 17Ascolese, M.; Farina, A.; Fasano, A. The Fåhræus-Lindqvist effect in small blood vessels: how does it help the heart?. J. Biol. Phys. 201945 (4), 379– 394,  DOI: 10.1007/s10867-019-09534-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  18. 18Bento, D.; Fernandes, C. S.; Miranda, J. M.; Lima, R. In vitro blood flow visualizations and cell-free layer (CFL) measurements in a microchannel network. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science 2019109, 109847,  DOI: 10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2019.109847ViewGoogle Scholar
  19. 19Namgung, B.; Ong, P. K.; Wong, Y. H.; Lim, D.; Chun, K. J.; Kim, S. A comparative study of histogram-based thresholding methods for the determination of cell-free layer width in small blood vessels. Physiological Measurement 201031 (9), N61,  DOI: 10.1088/0967-3334/31/9/N01ViewGoogle Scholar
  20. 20Hymel, S. J.; Lan, H.; Fujioka, H.; Khismatullin, D. B. Cell trapping in Y-junction microchannels: A numerical study of the bifurcation angle effect in inertial microfluidics. Phys. Fluids (1994) 201931 (8), 082003,  DOI: 10.1063/1.5113516ViewGoogle Scholar
  21. 21Li, X.; Popel, A. S.; Karniadakis, G. E. Blood-plasma separation in Y-shaped bifurcating microfluidic channels: a dissipative particle dynamics simulation study. Phys. Biol. 20129 (2), 026010,  DOI: 10.1088/1478-3975/9/2/026010ViewGoogle Scholar
  22. 22Yin, X.; Thomas, T.; Zhang, J. Multiple red blood cell flows through microvascular bifurcations: Cell free layer, cell trajectory, and hematocrit separation. Microvascular Research 201389, 47– 56,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2013.05.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  23. 23Shibeshi, S. S.; Collins, W. E. The Rheology of Blood Flow in a Branched Arterial System. Appl. Rheol 200515 (6), 398– 405,  DOI: 10.1515/arh-2005-0020ViewGoogle Scholar
  24. 24Sequeira, A.; Janela, J. An Overview of Some Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology. In A Portrait of State-of-the-Art Research at the Technical University of Lisbon; Pereira, M. S., Ed.; Springer Netherlands: Dordrecht, 2007; pp 65– 87.ViewGoogle Scholar
  25. 25Walburn, F. J.; Schneck, D. J. A constitutive equation for whole human blood. Biorheology 197613, 201– 210,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1976-13307ViewGoogle Scholar
  26. 26Quemada, D. A rheological model for studying the hematocrit dependence of red cell-red cell and red cell-protein interactions in blood. Biorheology 198118, 501– 516,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1981-183-615ViewGoogle Scholar
  27. 27Varchanis, S.; Dimakopoulos, Y.; Wagner, C.; Tsamopoulos, J. How viscoelastic is human blood plasma?. Soft Matter 201814 (21), 4238– 4251,  DOI: 10.1039/C8SM00061AViewGoogle Scholar
  28. 28Apostolidis, A. J.; Moyer, A. P.; Beris, A. N. Non-Newtonian effects in simulations of coronary arterial blood flow. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2016233, 155– 165,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.03.008ViewGoogle Scholar
  29. 29Luo, X. Y.; Kuang, Z. B. A study on the constitutive equation of blood. J. Biomech. 199225 (8), 929– 934,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9290(92)90233-QViewGoogle Scholar
  30. 30Oldroyd, J. G.; Wilson, A. H. On the formulation of rheological equations of state. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences 1950200 (1063), 523– 541,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1950.0035ViewGoogle Scholar
  31. 31Prado, G.; Farutin, A.; Misbah, C.; Bureau, L. Viscoelastic transient of confined red blood cells. Biophys J. 2015108 (9), 2126– 2136,  DOI: 10.1016/j.bpj.2015.03.046ViewGoogle Scholar
  32. 32Huang, C. R.; Pan, W. D.; Chen, H. Q.; Copley, A. L. Thixotropic properties of whole blood from healthy human subjects. Biorheology 198724 (6), 795– 801,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1987-24630ViewGoogle Scholar
  33. 33Anand, M.; Kwack, J.; Masud, A. A new generalized Oldroyd-B model for blood flow in complex geometries. International Journal of Engineering Science 201372, 78– 88,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2013.06.009ViewGoogle Scholar
  34. 34Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Investigation of blood rheology under steady and unidirectional large amplitude oscillatory shear. J. Rheol. 201862 (2), 577– 591,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5017623ViewGoogle Scholar
  35. 35Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Measurements of human blood viscoelasticity and thixotropy under steady and transient shear and constitutive modeling thereof. J. Rheol. 201963 (5), 799– 813,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5108737ViewGoogle Scholar
  36. 36Armstrong, M.; Tussing, J. A methodology for adding thixotropy to Oldroyd-8 family of viscoelastic models for characterization of human blood. Phys. Fluids 202032 (9), 094111,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0022501ViewGoogle Scholar
  37. 37Crank, J.; Nicolson, P. A practical method for numerical evaluation of solutions of partial differential equations of the heat-conduction type. Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 194743 (1), 50– 67,  DOI: 10.1017/S0305004100023197ViewGoogle Scholar
  38. 38Clough, R. W. Original formulation of the finite element method. Finite Elements in Analysis and Design 19907 (2), 89– 101,  DOI: 10.1016/0168-874X(90)90001-UViewGoogle Scholar
  39. 39Liu, W. K.; Liu, Y.; Farrell, D.; Zhang, L.; Wang, X. S.; Fukui, Y.; Patankar, N.; Zhang, Y.; Bajaj, C.; Lee, J.Immersed finite element method and its applications to biological systems. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 2006195 (13), 1722– 1749,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cma.2005.05.049ViewGoogle Scholar
  40. 40Lopes, D.; Agujetas, R.; Puga, H.; Teixeira, J.; Lima, R.; Alejo, J. P.; Ferrera, C. Analysis of finite element and finite volume methods for fluid-structure interaction simulation of blood flow in a real stenosed artery. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 2021207, 106650,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2021.106650ViewGoogle Scholar
  41. 41Favero, J. L.; Secchi, A. R.; Cardozo, N. S. M.; Jasak, H. Viscoelastic flow analysis using the software OpenFOAM and differential constitutive equations. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2010165 (23), 1625– 1636,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2010.08.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  42. 42Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Stabilization of an open-source finite-volume solver for viscoelastic fluid flows. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2017239, 85– 104,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.12.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  43. 43Chee, C. Y.; Lee, H. P.; Lu, C. Using 3D fluid-structure interaction model to analyse the biomechanical properties of erythrocyte. Phys. Lett. A 2008372 (9), 1357– 1362,  DOI: 10.1016/j.physleta.2007.09.067ViewGoogle Scholar
  44. 44Xu, D.; Kaliviotis, E.; Munjiza, A.; Avital, E.; Ji, C.; Williams, J. Large scale simulation of red blood cell aggregation in shear flows. J. Biomech. 201346 (11), 1810– 1817,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2013.05.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  45. 45Johnson, K. L.; Kendall, K.; Roberts, A. Surface energy and the contact of elastic solids. Proceedings of the royal society of London. A. mathematical and physical sciences 1971324 (1558), 301– 313,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1971.0141ViewGoogle Scholar
  46. 46Shi, L.; Pan, T.-W.; Glowinski, R. Deformation of a single red blood cell in bounded Poiseuille flows. Phys. Rev. E 201285 (1), 016307,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevE.85.016307ViewGoogle Scholar
  47. 47Yoon, D.; You, D. Continuum modeling of deformation and aggregation of red blood cells. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2267– 2279,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  48. 48Mainardi, F.; Spada, G. Creep, relaxation and viscosity properties for basic fractional models in rheology. European Physical Journal Special Topics 2011193 (1), 133– 160,  DOI: 10.1140/epjst/e2011-01387-1ViewGoogle Scholar
  49. 49Gracka, M.; Lima, R.; Miranda, J. M.; Student, S.; Melka, B.; Ostrowski, Z. Red blood cells tracking and cell-free layer formation in a microchannel with hyperbolic contraction: A CFD model validation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022226, 107117,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.107117ViewGoogle Scholar
  50. 50Aryan, H.; Beigzadeh, B.; Siavashi, M. Euler-Lagrange numerical simulation of improved magnetic drug delivery in a three-dimensional CT-based carotid artery bifurcation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022219, 106778,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.106778ViewGoogle Scholar
  51. 51Czaja, B.; Závodszky, G.; Azizi Tarksalooyeh, V.; Hoekstra, A. G. Cell-resolved blood flow simulations of saccular aneurysms: effects of pulsatility and aspect ratio. J. R Soc. Interface 201815 (146), 20180485,  DOI: 10.1098/rsif.2018.0485ViewGoogle Scholar
  52. 52Rydquist, G.; Esmaily, M. A cell-resolved, Lagrangian solver for modeling red blood cell dynamics in macroscale flows. J. Comput. Phys. 2022461, 111204,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2022.111204ViewGoogle Scholar
  53. 53Dadvand, A.; Baghalnezhad, M.; Mirzaee, I.; Khoo, B. C.; Ghoreishi, S. An immersed boundary-lattice Boltzmann approach to study the dynamics of elastic membranes in viscous shear flows. Journal of Computational Science 20145 (5), 709– 718,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jocs.2014.06.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  54. 54Krüger, T.; Holmes, D.; Coveney, P. V. Deformability-based red blood cell separation in deterministic lateral displacement devices─A simulation study. Biomicrofluidics 20148 (5), 054114,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4897913ViewGoogle Scholar
  55. 55Takeishi, N.; Ito, H.; Kaneko, M.; Wada, S. Deformation of a Red Blood Cell in a Narrow Rectangular Microchannel. Micromachines 201910 (3), 199,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10030199ViewGoogle Scholar
  56. 56Krüger, T.; Varnik, F.; Raabe, D. Efficient and accurate simulations of deformable particles immersed in a fluid using a combined immersed boundary lattice Boltzmann finite element method. Computers & Mathematics with Applications 201161 (12), 3485– 3505,  DOI: 10.1016/j.camwa.2010.03.057ViewGoogle Scholar
  57. 57Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Umundum, T.; Saeedipour, M. A reduced-order model for deformable particles with application in bio-microfluidics. Computational Particle Mechanics 20207 (3), 593– 601,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-019-00283-8ViewGoogle Scholar
  58. 58Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Saeedipour, M. Resolved CFD-DEM simulation of blood flow with a reduced-order RBC model. Computational Particle Mechanics 20229 (4), 759– 774,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-021-00441-xViewGoogle Scholar
  59. 59Mittal, R.; Iaccarino, G. IMMERSED BOUNDARY METHODS. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 239– 261,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.061903.175743ViewGoogle Scholar
  60. 60Piquet, A.; Roussel, O.; Hadjadj, A. A comparative study of Brinkman penalization and direct-forcing immersed boundary methods for compressible viscous flows. Computers & Fluids 2016136, 272– 284,  DOI: 10.1016/j.compfluid.2016.06.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  61. 61Akerkouch, L.; Le, T. B. A Hybrid Continuum-Particle Approach for Fluid-Structure Interaction Simulation of Red Blood Cells in Fluid Flows. Fluids 20216 (4), 139,  DOI: 10.3390/fluids6040139ViewGoogle Scholar
  62. 62Barker, A. T.; Cai, X.-C. Scalable parallel methods for monolithic coupling in fluid-structure interaction with application to blood flow modeling. J. Comput. Phys. 2010229 (3), 642– 659,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2009.10.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  63. 63Cetin, A.; Sahin, M. A monolithic fluid-structure interaction framework applied to red blood cells. International Journal for Numerical Methods in Biomedical Engineering 201935 (2), e3171  DOI: 10.1002/cnm.3171ViewGoogle Scholar
  64. 64Freund, J. B. Numerical Simulation of Flowing Blood Cells. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 201446 (1), 67– 95,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev-fluid-010313-141349ViewGoogle Scholar
  65. 65Ye, T.; Phan-Thien, N.; Lim, C. T. Particle-based simulations of red blood cells─A review. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2255– 2266,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.050ViewGoogle Scholar
  66. 66Arabghahestani, M.; Poozesh, S.; Akafuah, N. K. Advances in Computational Fluid Mechanics in Cellular Flow Manipulation: A Review. Applied Sciences 20199 (19), 4041,  DOI: 10.3390/app9194041ViewGoogle Scholar
  67. 67Rathnayaka, C. M.; From, C. S.; Geekiyanage, N. M.; Gu, Y. T.; Nguyen, N. T.; Sauret, E. Particle-Based Numerical Modelling of Liquid Marbles: Recent Advances and Future Perspectives. Archives of Computational Methods in Engineering 202229 (5), 3021– 3039,  DOI: 10.1007/s11831-021-09683-7ViewGoogle Scholar
  68. 68Li, X.; Vlahovska, P. M.; Karniadakis, G. E. Continuum- and particle-based modeling of shapes and dynamics of red blood cells in health and disease. Soft Matter 20139 (1), 28– 37,  DOI: 10.1039/C2SM26891DViewGoogle Scholar
  69. 69Beris, A. N.; Horner, J. S.; Jariwala, S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J. Recent advances in blood rheology: a review. Soft Matter 202117 (47), 10591– 10613,  DOI: 10.1039/D1SM01212FViewGoogle Scholar
  70. 70Arciero, J.; Causin, P.; Malgaroli, F. Mathematical methods for modeling the microcirculation. AIMS Biophysics 20174 (3), 362– 399,  DOI: 10.3934/biophy.2017.3.362ViewGoogle Scholar
  71. 71Maria, M. S.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow-driven blood plasma separation and on-chip analyte detection in microfluidic devices. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201721 (4), 72,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-017-1907-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  72. 72Huhtamäki, T.; Tian, X.; Korhonen, J. T.; Ras, R. H. A. Surface-wetting characterization using contact-angle measurements. Nat. Protoc. 201813 (7), 1521– 1538,  DOI: 10.1038/s41596-018-0003-zViewGoogle Scholar
  73. 73Young, T., III. An essay on the cohesion of fluids. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 180595, 65– 87,  DOI: 10.1098/rstl.1805.0005ViewGoogle Scholar
  74. 74Kim, Y. C.; Kim, S.-H.; Kim, D.; Park, S.-J.; Park, J.-K. Plasma extraction in a capillary-driven microfluidic device using surfactant-added poly(dimethylsiloxane). Sens. Actuators, B 2010145 (2), 861– 868,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2010.01.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  75. 75Washburn, E. W. The Dynamics of Capillary Flow. Physical Review 192117 (3), 273– 283,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRev.17.273ViewGoogle Scholar
  76. 76Cito, S.; Ahn, Y. C.; Pallares, J.; Duarte, R. M.; Chen, Z.; Madou, M.; Katakis, I. Visualization and measurement of capillary-driven blood flow using spectral domain optical coherence tomography. Microfluid Nanofluidics 201213 (2), 227– 237,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-012-0950-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  77. 77Berthier, E.; Dostie, A. M.; Lee, U. N.; Berthier, J.; Theberge, A. B. Open Microfluidic Capillary Systems. Anal Chem. 201991 (14), 8739– 8750,  DOI: 10.1021/acs.analchem.9b01429ViewGoogle Scholar
  78. 78Berthier, J.; Brakke, K. A.; Furlani, E. P.; Karampelas, I. H.; Poher, V.; Gosselin, D.; Cubizolles, M.; Pouteau, P. Whole blood spontaneous capillary flow in narrow V-groove microchannels. Sens. Actuators, B 2015206, 258– 267,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2014.09.040ViewGoogle Scholar
  79. 79Hirt, C. W.; Nichols, B. D. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 198139 (1), 201– 225,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  80. 80Chen, J.-L.; Shih, W.-H.; Hsieh, W.-H. AC electro-osmotic micromixer using a face-to-face, asymmetric pair of planar electrodes. Sens. Actuators, B 2013188, 11– 21,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2013.07.012ViewGoogle Scholar
  81. 81Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electrokinetics of non-Newtonian fluids: A review. Advances in Colloid and Interface Science 2013201-202, 94– 108,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cis.2013.09.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  82. 82Oh, K. W. 6 – Lab-on-chip (LOC) devices and microfluidics for biomedical applications. In MEMS for Biomedical Applications; Bhansali, S., Vasudev, A., Eds.; Woodhead Publishing, 2012; pp 150– 171.ViewGoogle Scholar
  83. 83Bello, M. S.; De Besi, P.; Rezzonico, R.; Righetti, P. G.; Casiraghi, E. Electroosmosis of polymer solutions in fused silica capillaries. ELECTROPHORESIS 199415 (1), 623– 626,  DOI: 10.1002/elps.1150150186ViewGoogle Scholar
  84. 84Park, H. M.; Lee, W. M. Effect of viscoelasticity on the flow pattern and the volumetric flow rate in electroosmotic flows through a microchannel. Lab Chip 20088 (7), 1163– 1170,  DOI: 10.1039/b800185eViewGoogle Scholar
  85. 85Afonso, A. M.; Alves, M. A.; Pinho, F. T. Analytical solution of mixed electro-osmotic/pressure driven flows of viscoelastic fluids in microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2009159 (1), 50– 63,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2009.01.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  86. 86Sousa, J. J.; Afonso, A. M.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Effect of the skimming layer on electro-osmotic─Poiseuille flows of viscoelastic fluids. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201110 (1), 107– 122,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-010-0651-yViewGoogle Scholar
  87. 87Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electro-osmotic mobility of non-Newtonian fluids. Biomicrofluidics 20115 (1), 014110,  DOI: 10.1063/1.3571278ViewGoogle Scholar
  88. 88Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic instabilities in cross-shaped microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2018259, 61– 77,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2018.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  89. 89Bezerra, W. S.; Castelo, A.; Afonso, A. M. Numerical Study of Electro-Osmotic Fluid Flow and Vortex Formation. Micromachines (Basel) 201910 (12), 796,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10120796ViewGoogle Scholar
  90. 90Ji, J.; Qian, S.; Liu, Z. Electroosmotic Flow of Viscoelastic Fluid through a Constriction Microchannel. Micromachines (Basel) 202112 (4), 417,  DOI: 10.3390/mi12040417ViewGoogle Scholar
  91. 91Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Exact solutions for electro-osmotic flow of viscoelastic fluids in rectangular micro-channels. Applied Mathematics and Computation 2009211 (2), 502– 509,  DOI: 10.1016/j.amc.2009.01.068ViewGoogle Scholar
  92. 92Gerum, R.; Mirzahossein, E.; Eroles, M.; Elsterer, J.; Mainka, A.; Bauer, A.; Sonntag, S.; Winterl, A.; Bartl, J.; Fischer, L. Viscoelastic properties of suspended cells measured with shear flow deformation cytometry. Elife 202211, e78823,  DOI: 10.7554/eLife.78823ViewGoogle Scholar
  93. 93Sadek, S. H.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic flow instabilities of viscoelastic fluids in contraction/expansion micro-geometries. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2020283, 104293,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2020.104293ViewGoogle Scholar
  94. 94Spanjaards, M.; Peters, G.; Hulsen, M.; Anderson, P. Numerical Study of the Effect of Thixotropy on Extrudate Swell. Polymers 202113 (24), 4383,  DOI: 10.3390/polym13244383ViewGoogle Scholar
  95. 95Rashidi, S.; Bafekr, H.; Valipour, M. S.; Esfahani, J. A. A review on the application, simulation, and experiment of the electrokinetic mixers. Chemical Engineering and Processing – Process Intensification 2018126, 108– 122,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cep.2018.02.021ViewGoogle Scholar
  96. 96Matsubara, K.; Narumi, T. Microfluidic mixing using unsteady electroosmotic vortices produced by a staggered array of electrodes. Chemical Engineering Journal 2016288, 638– 647,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cej.2015.12.013ViewGoogle Scholar
  97. 97Qaderi, A.; Jamaati, J.; Bahiraei, M. CFD simulation of combined electroosmotic-pressure driven micro-mixing in a microchannel equipped with triangular hurdle and zeta-potential heterogeneity. Chemical Engineering Science 2019199, 463– 477,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2019.01.034ViewGoogle Scholar
  98. 98Cho, C.-C.; Chen, C.-L.; Chen, C. o.-K. Mixing enhancement in crisscross micromixer using aperiodic electrokinetic perturbing flows. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 201255 (11), 2926– 2933,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2012.02.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  99. 99Zhao, W.; Yang, F.; Wang, K.; Bai, J.; Wang, G. Rapid mixing by turbulent-like electrokinetic microflow. Chemical Engineering Science 2017165, 113– 121,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2017.02.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  100. 100Tran, T.; Chakraborty, P.; Guttenberg, N.; Prescott, A.; Kellay, H.; Goldburg, W.; Goldenfeld, N.; Gioia, G. Macroscopic effects of the spectral structure in turbulent flows. Nat. Phys. 20106 (6), 438– 441,  DOI: 10.1038/nphys1674ViewGoogle Scholar
  101. 101Toner, M.; Irimia, D. Blood-on-a-chip. Annu. Rev. Biomed Eng. 20057, 77– 103,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.bioeng.7.011205.135108ViewGoogle Scholar
  102. 102Maria, M. S.; Rakesh, P. E.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow of blood in a microchannel with differential wetting for blood plasma separation and on-chip glucose detection. Biomicrofluidics 201610 (5), 054108,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4962874ViewGoogle Scholar
  103. 103Tripathi, S.; Varun Kumar, Y. V. B.; Prabhakar, A.; Joshi, S. S.; Agrawal, A. Passive blood plasma separation at the microscale: a review of design principles and microdevices. Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering 201525 (8), 083001,  DOI: 10.1088/0960-1317/25/8/083001ViewGoogle Scholar
  104. 104Mohammadi, M.; Madadi, H.; Casals-Terré, J. Microfluidic point-of-care blood panel based on a novel technique: Reversible electroosmotic flow. Biomicrofluidics 20159 (5), 054106,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4930865ViewGoogle Scholar
  105. 105Kang, D. H.; Kim, K.; Kim, Y. J. An anti-clogging method for improving the performance and lifespan of blood plasma separation devices in real-time and continuous microfluidic systems. Sci. Rep 20188 (1), 17015,  DOI: 10.1038/s41598-018-35235-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  106. 106Li, Z.; Pollack, G. H. Surface-induced flow: A natural microscopic engine using infrared energy as fuel. Science Advances 20206 (19), eaba0941  DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.aba0941ViewGoogle Scholar
  107. 107Mercado-Uribe, H.; Guevara-Pantoja, F. J.; García-Muñoz, W.; García-Maldonado, J. S.; Méndez-Alcaraz, J. M.; Ruiz-Suárez, J. C. On the evolution of the exclusion zone produced by hydrophilic surfaces: A contracted description. J. Chem. Phys. 2021154 (19), 194902,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0043084ViewGoogle Scholar
  108. 108Yalcin, O.; Jani, V. P.; Johnson, P. C.; Cabrales, P. Implications Enzymatic Degradation of the Endothelial Glycocalyx on the Microvascular Hemodynamics and the Arteriolar Red Cell Free Layer of the Rat Cremaster Muscle. Front Physiol 20189, 168,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2018.00168ViewGoogle Scholar
Predicting solid-state phase transformations during metal additive manufacturing: A case study on electron-beam powder bed fusion of Inconel-738

Predicting solid-state phase transformations during metal additive manufacturing: A case study on electron-beam powder bed fusion of Inconel-738

금속 적층 제조 중 고체 상 변형 예측: Inconel-738의 전자빔 분말층 융합에 대한 사례 연구

Nana Kwabena Adomako a, Nima Haghdadi a, James F.L. Dingle bc, Ernst Kozeschnik d, Xiaozhou Liao bc, Simon P. Ringer bc, Sophie Primig a

Abstract

Metal additive manufacturing (AM) has now become the perhaps most desirable technique for producing complex shaped engineering parts. However, to truly take advantage of its capabilities, advanced control of AM microstructures and properties is required, and this is often enabled via modeling. The current work presents a computational modeling approach to studying the solid-state phase transformation kinetics and the microstructural evolution during AM. Our approach combines thermal and thermo-kinetic modelling. A semi-analytical heat transfer model is employed to simulate the thermal history throughout AM builds. Thermal profiles of individual layers are then used as input for the MatCalc thermo-kinetic software. The microstructural evolution (e.g., fractions, morphology, and composition of individual phases) for any region of interest throughout the build is predicted by MatCalc. The simulation is applied to an IN738 part produced by electron beam powder bed fusion to provide insights into how γ′ precipitates evolve during thermal cycling. Our simulations show qualitative agreement with our experimental results in predicting the size distribution of γ′ along the build height, its multimodal size character, as well as the volume fraction of MC carbides. Our findings indicate that our method is suitable for a range of AM processes and alloys, to predict and engineer their microstructures and properties.

Graphical Abstract

ga1

Keywords

Additive manufacturing, Simulation, Thermal cycles, γ′ phase, IN738

1. Introduction

Additive manufacturing (AM) is an advanced manufacturing method that enables engineering parts with intricate shapes to be fabricated with high efficiency and minimal materials waste. AM involves building up 3D components layer-by-layer from feedstocks such as powder [1]. Various alloys, including steel, Ti, Al, and Ni-based superalloys, have been produced using different AM techniques. These techniques include directed energy deposition (DED), electron- and laser powder bed fusion (E-PBF and L-PBF), and have found applications in a variety of industries such as aerospace and power generation [2][3][4]. Despite the growing interest, certain challenges limit broader applications of AM fabricated components in these industries and others. One of such limitations is obtaining a suitable and reproducible microstructure that offers the desired mechanical properties consistently. In fact, the AM as-built microstructure is highly complex and considerably distinctive from its conventionally processed counterparts owing to the complicated thermal cycles arising from the deposition of several layers upon each other [5][6].

Several studies have reported that the solid-state phases and solidification microstructure of AM processed alloys such as CMSX-4, CoCr [7][8], Ti-6Al-4V [9][10][11]IN738 [6]304L stainless steel [12], and IN718 [13][14] exhibit considerable variations along the build direction. For instance, references [9][10] have reported that there is a variation in the distribution of α and β phases along the build direction in Ti-alloys. Similarly, the microstructure of an L-PBF fabricated martensitic steel exhibits variations in the fraction of martensite [15]. Furthermore, some of the present authors and others [6][16][17][18][19][20] have recently reviewed and reported that there is a difference in the morphology and fraction of nanoscale precipitates as a function of build height in Ni-based superalloys. These non-uniformities in the as-built microstructure result in an undesired heterogeneity in mechanical and other important properties such as corrosion and oxidation [19][21][22][23]. To obtain the desired microstructure and properties, additional processing treatments are utilized, but this incurs extra costs and may lead to precipitation of detrimental phases and grain coarsening. Therefore, a through-process understanding of the microstructure evolution under repeated heating and cooling is now needed to further advance 3D printed microstructure and property control.

It is now commonly understood that the microstructure evolution during printing is complex, and most AM studies concentrate on the microstructure and mechanical properties of the final build only. Post-printing studies of microstructure characteristics at room temperature miss crucial information on how they evolve. In-situ measurements and modelling approaches are required to better understand the complex microstructural evolution under repeated heating and cooling. Most in-situ measurements in AM focus on monitoring the microstructural changes, such as phase transformations and melt pool dynamics during fabrication using X-ray scattering and high-speed X-ray imaging [24][25][26][27]. For example, Zhao et al. [25] measured the rate of solidification and described the α/β phase transformation during L-PBF of Ti-6Al-4V in-situ. Also, Wahlmann et al. [21] recently used an L-PBF machine coupled with X-ray scattering to investigate the changes in CMSX-4 phase during successive melting processes. Although these techniques provide significant understanding of the basic principles of AM, they are not widely accessible. This is due to the great cost of the instrument, competitive application process, and complexities in terms of the experimental set-up, data collection, and analysis [26][28].

Computational modeling techniques are promising and more widely accessible tools that enable advanced understanding, prediction, and engineering of microstructures and properties during AM. So far, the majority of computational studies have concentrated on physics based process models for metal AM, with the goal of predicting the temperature profile, heat transfer, powder dynamics, and defect formation (e.g., porosity) [29][30]. In recent times, there have been efforts in modeling of the AM microstructure evolution using approaches such as phase-field [31], Monte Carlo (MC) [32], and cellular automata (CA) [33], coupled with finite element simulations for temperature profiles. However, these techniques are often restricted to simulating the evolution of solidification microstructures (e.g., grain and dendrite structure) and defects (e.g., porosity). For example, Zinovieva et al. [33] predicted the grain structure of L-PBF Ti-6Al-4V using finite difference and cellular automata methods. However, studies on the computational modelling of the solid-state phase transformations, which largely determine the resulting properties, remain limited. This can be attributed to the multi-component and multi-phase nature of most engineering alloys in AM, along with the complex transformation kinetics during thermal cycling. This kind of research involves predictions of the thermal cycle in AM builds, and connecting it to essential thermodynamic and kinetic data as inputs for the model. Based on the information provided, the thermokinetic model predicts the history of solid-state phase microstructure evolution during deposition as output. For example, a multi-phase, multi-component mean-field model has been developed to simulate the intermetallic precipitation kinetics in IN718 [34] and IN625 [35] during AM. Also, Basoalto et al. [36] employed a computational framework to examine the contrasting distributions of process-induced microvoids and precipitates in two Ni-based superalloys, namely IN718 and CM247LC. Furthermore, McNamara et al. [37] established a computational model based on the Johnson-Mehl-Avrami model for non-isothermal conditions to predict solid-state phase transformation kinetics in L-PBF IN718 and DED Ti-6Al-4V. These models successfully predicted the size and volume fraction of individual phases and captured the repeated nucleation and dissolution of precipitates that occur during AM.

In the current study, we propose a modeling approach with appreciably short computational time to investigate the detailed microstructural evolution during metal AM. This may include obtaining more detailed information on the morphologies of phases, such as size distribution, phase fraction, dissolution and nucleation kinetics, as well as chemistry during thermal cycling and final cooling to room temperature. We utilize the combination of the MatCalc thermo-kinetic simulator and a semi-analytical heat conduction model. MatCalc is a software suite for simulation of phase transformations, microstructure evolution and certain mechanical properties in engineering alloys. It has successfully been employed to simulate solid-state phase transformations in Ni-based superalloys [38][39], steels [40], and Al alloys [41] during complex thermo-mechanical processes. MatCalc uses the classical nucleation theory as well as the so-called Svoboda-Fischer-Fratzl-Kozeschnik (SFFK) growth model as the basis for simulating precipitation kinetics [42]. Although MatCalc was originally developed for conventional thermo-mechanical processes, we will show that it is also applicable for AM if the detailed time-temperature profile of the AM build is known. The semi-analytical heat transfer code developed by Stump and Plotkowski [43] is used to simulate these profile throughout the AM build.

1.1. Application to IN738

Inconel-738 (IN738) is a precipitation hardening Ni-based superalloy mainly employed in high-temperature components, e.g. in gas turbines and aero-engines owing to its exceptional mechanical properties at temperatures up to 980 °C, coupled with high resistance to oxidation and corrosion [44]. Its superior high-temperature strength (∼1090 MPa tensile strength) is provided by the L12 ordered Ni3(Al,Ti) γ′ phase that precipitates in a face-centered cubic (FCC) γ matrix [45][46]. Despite offering great properties, IN738, like most superalloys with high γ′ fractions, is challenging to process owing to its propensity to hot cracking [47][48]. Further, machining of such alloys is challenging because of their high strength and work-hardening rates. It is therefore difficult to fabricate complex INC738 parts using traditional manufacturing techniques like casting, welding, and forging.

The emergence of AM has now made it possible to fabricate such parts from IN738 and other superalloys. Some of the current authors’ recent research successfully applied E-PBF to fabricate defect-free IN738 containing γ′ throughout the build [16][17]. The precipitated γ′ were heterogeneously distributed. In particular, Haghdadi et al. [16] studied the origin of the multimodal size distribution of γ′, while Lim et al. [17] investigated the gradient in γ′ character with build height and its correlation to mechanical properties. Based on these results, the present study aims to extend the understanding of the complex and site-specific microstructural evolution in E-PBF IN738 by using a computational modelling approach. New experimental evidence (e.g., micrographs not published previously) is presented here to support the computational results.

2. Materials and Methods

2.1. Materials preparation

IN738 Ni-based superalloy (59.61Ni-8.48Co-7.00Al-17.47Cr-3.96Ti-1.01Mo-0.81W-0.56Ta-0.49Nb-0.47C-0.09Zr-0.05B, at%) gas-atomized powder was used as feedstock. The powders, with average size of 60 ± 7 µm, were manufactured by Praxair and distributed by Astro Alloys Inc. An Arcam Q10 machine by GE Additive with an acceleration voltage of 60 kV was used to fabricate a 15 × 15 × 25 mm3 block (XYZ, Z: build direction) on a 316 stainless steel substrate. The block was 3D-printed using a ‘random’ spot melt pattern. The random spot melt pattern involves randomly selecting points in any given layer, with an equal chance of each point being melted. Each spot melt experienced a dwell time of 0.3 ms, and the layer thickness was 50 µm. Some of the current authors have previously characterized the microstructure of the very same and similar builds in more detail [16][17]. A preheat temperature of ∼1000 °C was set and kept during printing to reduce temperature gradients and, in turn, thermal stresses [49][50][51]. Following printing, the build was separated from the substrate through electrical discharge machining. It should be noted that this sample was simultaneously printed with the one used in [17] during the same build process and on the same build plate, under identical conditions.

2.2. Microstructural characterization

The printed sample was longitudinally cut in the direction of the build using a Struers Accutom-50, ground, and then polished to 0.25 µm suspension via standard techniques. The polished x-z surface was electropolished and etched using Struers A2 solution (perchloric acid in ethanol). Specimens for image analysis were polished using a 0.06 µm colloidal silica. Microstructure analyses were carried out across the height of the build using optical microscopy (OM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM) with focus on the microstructure evolution (γ′ precipitates) in individual layers. The position of each layer being analyzed was determined by multiplying the layer number by the layer thickness (50 µm). It should be noted that the position of the first layer starts where the thermal profile is tracked (in this case, 2 mm from the bottom). SEM images were acquired using a JEOL 7001 field emission microscope. The brightness and contrast settings, acceleration voltage of 15 kV, working distance of 10 mm, and other SEM imaging parameters were all held constant for analysis of the entire build. The ImageJ software was used for automated image analysis to determine the phase fraction and size of γ′ precipitates and carbides. A 2-pixel radius Gaussian blur, following a greyscale thresholding and watershed segmentation was used [52]. Primary γ′ sizes (>50 nm), were measured using equivalent spherical diameters. The phase fractions were considered equal to the measured area fraction. Secondary γ′ particles (<50 nm) were not considered here. The γ′ size in the following refers to the diameter of a precipitate.

2.3. Hardness testing

A Struers DuraScan tester was utilized for Vickers hardness mapping on a polished x-z surface, from top to bottom under a maximum load of 100 mN and 10 s dwell time. 30 micro-indentations were performed per row. According to the ASTM standard [53], the indentations were sufficiently distant (∼500 µm) to assure that strain-hardened areas did not interfere with one another.

2.4. Computational simulation of E-PBF IN738 build

2.4.1. Thermal profile modeling

The thermal history was generated using the semi-analytical heat transfer code (also known as the 3DThesis code) developed by Stump and Plotkowski [43]. This code is an open-source C++ program which provides a way to quickly simulate the conductive heat transfer found in welding and AM. The key use case for the code is the simulation of larger domains than is practicable with Computational Fluid Dynamics/Finite Element Analysis programs like FLOW-3D AM. Although simulating conductive heat transfer will not be an appropriate simplification for some investigations (for example the modelling of keyholding or pore formation), the 3DThesis code does provide fast estimates of temperature, thermal gradient, and solidification rate which can be useful for elucidating microstructure formation across entire layers of an AM build. The mathematics involved in the code is as follows:

In transient thermal conduction during welding and AM, with uniform and constant thermophysical properties and without considering fluid convection and latent heat effects, energy conservation can be expressed as:(1)��∂�∂�=�∇2�+�̇where � is density, � specific heat, � temperature, � time, � thermal conductivity, and �̇ a volumetric heat source. By assuming a semi-infinite domain, Eq. 1 can be analytically solved. The solution for temperature at a given time (t) using a volumetric Gaussian heat source is presented as:(2)��,�,�,�−�0=33�����32∫0�1������exp−3�′�′2��+�′�′2��+�′�′2����′(3)and��=12��−�′+��2for�=�,�,�(4)and�′�′=�−���′Where � is the vector �,�,� and �� is the location of the heat source.

The numerical integration scheme used is an adaptive Gaussian quadrature method based on the following nondimensionalization:(5)�=��xy2�,�′=��xy2�′,�=��xy,�=��xy,�=��xy,�=���xy

A more detailed explanation of the mathematics can be found in reference [43].

The main source of the thermal cycling present within a powder-bed fusion process is the fusion of subsequent layers. Therefore, regions near the top of a build are expected to undergo fewer thermal cycles than those closer to the bottom. For this purpose, data from the single scan’s thermal influence on multiple layers was spliced to represent the thermal cycles experienced at a single location caused by multiple subsequent layers being fused.

The cross-sectional area simulated by this model was kept constant at 1 × 1 mm2, and the depth was dependent on the build location modelled with MatCalc. For a build location 2 mm from the bottom, the maximum number of layers to simulate is 460. Fig. 1a shows a stitched overview OM image of the entire build indicating the region where this thermal cycle is simulated and tracked. To increase similarity with the conditions of the physical build, each thermal history was constructed from the results of two simulations generated with different versions of a random scan path. The parameters used for these thermal simulations can be found in Table 1. It should be noted that the main purpose of the thermal profile modelling was to demonstrate how the conditions at different locations of the build change relative to each other. Accurately predicting the absolute temperature during the build would require validation via a temperature sensor measurement during the build process which is beyond the scope of the study. Nonetheless, to establish the viability of the heat source as a suitable approximation for this study, an additional sensitivity analysis was conducted. This analysis focused on the influence of energy input on γ′ precipitation behavior, the central aim of this paper. This was achieved by employing varying beam absorption energies (0.76, 0.82 – the values utilized in the simulation, and 0.9). The direct impact of beam absorption efficiency on energy input into the material was investigated. Specifically, the initial 20 layers of the build were simulated and subsequently compared to experimental data derived from SEM. While phase fractions were found to be consistent across all conditions, disparities emerged in the mean size of γ′ precipitates. An absorption efficiency of 0.76 yielded a mean size of approximately 70 nm. Conversely, absorption efficiencies of 0.82 and 0.9 exhibited remarkably similar mean sizes of around 130 nm, aligning closely with the outcomes of the experiments.

Fig. 1

Table 1. A list of parameters used in thermal simulation of E-PBF.

ParameterValue
Spatial resolution5 µm
Time step0.5 s
Beam diameter200 µm
Beam penetration depth1 µm
Beam power1200 W
Beam absorption efficiency0.82
Thermal conductivity25.37 W/(m⋅K)
Chamber temperature1000 °C
Specific heat711.756 J/(kg⋅K)
Density8110 kg/m3

2.4.2. Thermo-kinetic simulation

The numerical analyses of the evolution of precipitates was performed using MatCalc version 6.04 (rel 0.011). The thermodynamic (‘mc_ni.tdb’, version 2.034) and diffusion (‘mc_ni.ddb’, version 2.007) databases were used. MatCalc’s basic principles are elaborated as follows:

The nucleation kinetics of precipitates are computed using a computational technique based on a classical nucleation theory [54] that has been modified for systems with multiple components [42][55]. Accordingly, the transient nucleation rate (�), which expresses the rate at which nuclei are formed per unit volume and time, is calculated as:(6)�=�0��*∙�xp−�*�∙�∙exp−��where �0 denotes the number of active nucleation sites, �* the rate of atomic attachment, � the Boltzmann constant, � the temperature, �* the critical energy for nucleus formation, τ the incubation time, and t the time. � (Zeldovich factor) takes into consideration that thermal excitation destabilizes the nucleus as opposed to its inactive state [54]. Z is defined as follows:(7)�=−12�kT∂2∆�∂�2�*12where ∆� is the overall change in free energy due to the formation of a nucleus and n is the nucleus’ number of atoms. ∆�’s derivative is evaluated at n* (critical nucleus size). �* accounts for the long-range diffusion of atoms required for nucleation, provided that the matrix’ and precipitates’ composition differ. Svoboda et al. [42] developed an appropriate multi-component equation for �*, which is given by:(8)�*=4��*2�4�∑�=1��ki−�0�2�0��0�−1where �* denotes the critical radius for nucleation, � represents atomic distance, and � is the molar volume. �ki and �0� represent the concentration of elements in the precipitate and matrix, respectively. The parameter �0� denotes the rate of diffusion of the ith element within the matrix. The expression for the incubation time � is expressed as [54]:(9)�=12�*�2

and �*, which represents the critical energy for nucleation:(10)�*=16�3�3∆�vol2where � is the interfacial energy, and ∆Gvol the change in the volume free energy. The critical nucleus’ composition is similar to the γ′ phase’s equilibrium composition at the same temperature. � is computed based on the precipitate and matrix compositions, using a generalized nearest neighbor broken bond model, with the assumption of interfaces being planar, sharp, and coherent [56][57][58].

In Eq. 7, it is worth noting that �* represents the fundamental variable in the nucleation theory. It contains �3/∆�vol2 and is in the exponent of the nucleation rate. Therefore, even small variations in γ and/or ∆�vol can result in notable changes in �, especially if �* is in the order of �∙�. This is demonstrated in [38] for UDIMET 720 Li during continuous cooling, where these quantities change steadily during precipitation due to their dependence on matrix’ and precipitate’s temperature and composition. In the current work, these changes will be even more significant as the system is exposed to multiple cycles of rapid cooling and heating.

Once nucleated, the growth of a precipitate is assessed using the radius and composition evolution equations developed by Svoboda et al. [42] with a mean-field method that employs the thermodynamic extremal principle. The expression for the total Gibbs free energy of a thermodynamic system G, which consists of n components and m precipitates, is given as follows:(11)�=∑���0��0�+∑�=1�4���33��+∑�=1��ki�ki+∑�=1�4���2��.

The chemical potential of component � in the matrix is denoted as �0�(�=1,…,�), while the chemical potential of component � in the precipitate is represented by �ki(�=1,…,�,�=1,…,�). These chemical potentials are defined as functions of the concentrations �ki(�=1,…,�,�=1,…,�). The interface energy density is denoted as �, and �� incorporates the effects of elastic energy and plastic work resulting from the volume change of each precipitate.

Eq. (12) establishes that the total free energy of the system in its current state relies on the independent state variables: the sizes (radii) of the precipitates �� and the concentrations of each component �ki. The remaining variables can be determined by applying the law of mass conservation to each component �. This can be represented by the equation:(12)��=�0�+∑�=1�4���33�ki,

Furthermore, the global mass conservation can be expressed by equation:(13)�=∑�=1���When a thermodynamic system transitions to a more stable state, the energy difference between the initial and final stages is dissipated. This model considers three distinct forms of dissipation effects [42]. These include dissipations caused by the movement of interfaces, diffusion within the precipitate and diffusion within the matrix.

Consequently, �̇� (growth rate) and �̇ki (chemical composition’s rate of change) of the precipitate with index � are derived from the linear system of equation system:(14)�ij��=��where �� symbolizes the rates �̇� and �̇ki [42]. Index i contains variables for precipitate radius, chemical composition, and stoichiometric boundary conditions suggested by the precipitate’s crystal structure. Eq. (10) is computed separately for every precipitate �. For a more detailed description of the formulae for the coefficients �ij and �� employed in this work please refer to [59].

The MatCalc software was used to perform the numerical time integration of �̇� and �̇ki of precipitates based on the classical numerical method by Kampmann and Wagner [60]. Detailed information on this method can be found in [61]. Using this computational method, calculations for E-PBF thermal cycles (cyclic heating and cooling) were computed and compared to experimental data. The simulation took approximately 2–4 hrs to complete on a standard laptop.

3. Results

3.1. Microstructure

Fig. 1 displays a stitched overview image and selected SEM micrographs of various γ′ morphologies and carbides after observations of the X-Z surface of the build from the top to 2 mm above the bottom. Fig. 2 depicts a graph that charts the average size and phase fraction of the primary γ′, as it changes with distance from the top to the bottom of the build. The SEM micrographs show widespread primary γ′ precipitation throughout the entire build, with the size increasing in the top to bottom direction. Particularly, at the topmost height, representing the 460th layer (Z = 22.95 mm), as seen in Fig. 1b, the average size of γ′ is 110 ± 4 nm, exhibiting spherical shapes. This is representative of the microstructure after it solidifies and cools to room temperature, without experiencing additional thermal cycles. The γ′ size slightly increases to 147 ± 6 nm below this layer and remains constant until 0.4 mm (∼453rd layer) from the top. At this position, the microstructure still closely resembles that of the 460th layer. After the 453rd layer, the γ′ size grows rapidly to ∼503 ± 19 nm until reaching the 437th layer (1.2 mm from top). The γ′ particles here have a cuboidal shape, and a small fraction is coarser than 600 nm. γ′ continue to grow steadily from this position to the bottom (23 mm from the top). A small fraction of γ′ is > 800 nm.

Fig. 2

Besides primary γ′, secondary γ′ with sizes ranging from 5 to 50 nm were also found. These secondary γ′ precipitates, as seen in Fig. 1f, were present only in the bottom and middle regions. A detailed analysis of the multimodal size distribution of γ′ can be found in [16]. There is no significant variation in the phase fraction of the γ′ along the build. The phase fraction is ∼ 52%, as displayed in Fig. 2. It is worth mentioning that the total phase fraction of γ′ was estimated based on the primary γ′ phase fraction because of the small size of secondary γ′. Spherical MC carbides with sizes ranging from 50 to 400 nm and a phase fraction of 0.8% were also observed throughout the build. The carbides are the light grey precipitates in Fig. 1g. The light grey shade of carbides in the SEM images is due to their composition and crystal structure [52]. These carbides are not visible in Fig. 1b-e because they were dissolved during electro-etching carried out after electropolishing. In Fig. 1g, however, the sample was examined directly after electropolishing, without electro-etching.

Table 2 shows the nominal and measured composition of γ′ precipitates throughout the build by atom probe microscopy as determined in our previous study [17]. No build height-dependent composition difference was observed in either of the γ′ precipitate populations. However, there was a slight disparity between the composition of primary and secondary γ′. Among the main γ′ forming elements, the primary γ′ has a high Ti concentration while secondary γ′ has a high Al concentration. A detailed description of the atom distribution maps and the proxigrams of the constituent elements of γ′ throughout the build can be found in [17].

Table 2. Bulk IN738 composition determined using inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES). Compositions of γ, primary γ′, and secondary γ′ at various locations in the build measured by APT. This information is reproduced from data in Ref. [17] with permission.

at%NiCrCoAlMoWTiNbCBZrTaOthers
Bulk59.1217.478.487.001.010.813.960.490.470.050.090.560.46
γ matrix
Top50.4832.9111.591.941.390.820.440.80.030.030.020.24
Mid50.3732.6111.931.791.540.890.440.10.030.020.020.010.23
Bot48.1034.5712.082.141.430.880.480.080.040.030.010.12
Primary γ′
Top72.172.513.4412.710.250.397.780.560.030.020.050.08
Mid71.602.573.2813.550.420.687.040.730.010.030.040.04
Bot72.342.473.8612.500.260.447.460.500.050.020.020.030.04
Secondary γ′
Mid70.424.203.2314.190.631.035.340.790.030.040.040.05
Bot69.914.063.6814.320.811.045.220.650.050.100.020.11

3.2. Hardness

Fig. 3a shows the Vickers hardness mapping performed along the entire X-Z surface, while Fig. 3b shows the plot of average hardness at different build heights. This hardness distribution is consistent with the γ′ precipitate size gradient across the build direction in Fig. 1Fig. 2. The maximum hardness of ∼530 HV1 is found at ∼0.5 mm away from the top surface (Z = 22.5), where γ′ particles exhibit the smallest observed size in Fig. 2b. Further down the build (∼ 2 mm from the top), the hardness drops to the 440–490 HV1 range. This represents the region where γ′ begins to coarsen. The hardness drops further to 380–430 HV1 at the bottom of the build.

Fig. 3

3.3. Modeling of the microstructural evolution during E-PBF

3.3.1. Thermal profile modeling

Fig. 4 shows the simulated thermal profile of the E-PBF build at a location of 23 mm from the top of the build, using a semi-analytical heat conduction model. This profile consists of the time taken to deposit 460 layers until final cooling, as shown in Fig. 4a. Fig. 4b-d show the magnified regions of Fig. 4a and reveal the first 20 layers from the top, a single layer (first layer from the top), and the time taken for the build to cool after the last layer deposition, respectively.

Fig. 4

The peak temperatures experienced by previous layers decrease progressively as the number of layers increases but never fall below the build preheat temperature (1000 °C). Our simulated thermal cycle may not completely capture the complexity of the actual thermal cycle utilized in the E-PBF build. For instance, the top layer (Fig. 4c), also representing the first deposit’s thermal profile without additional cycles (from powder heating, melting, to solidification), recorded the highest peak temperature of 1390 °C. Although this temperature is above the melting range of the alloy (1230–1360 °C) [62], we believe a much higher temperature was produced by the electron beam to melt the powder. Nevertheless, the solidification temperature and dynamics are outside the scope of this study as our focus is on the solid-state phase transformations during deposition. It takes ∼25 s for each layer to be deposited and cooled to the build temperature. The interlayer dwell time is 125 s. The time taken for the build to cool to room temperature (RT) after final layer deposition is ∼4.7 hrs (17,000 s).

3.3.2. MatCalc simulation

During the MatCalc simulation, the matrix phase is defined as γ. γ′, and MC carbide are included as possible precipitates. The domain of these precipitates is set to be the matrix (γ), and nucleation is assumed to be homogenous. In homogeneous nucleation, all atoms of the unit volume are assumed to be potential nucleation sitesTable 3 shows the computational parameters used in the simulation. All other parameters were set at default values as recommended in the version 6.04.0011 of MatCalc. The values for the interfacial energies are automatically calculated according to the generalized nearest neighbor broken bond model and is one of the most outstanding features in MatCalc [56][57][58]. It should be noted that the elastic misfit strain was not included in the calculation. The output of MatCalc includes phase fraction, size, nucleation rate, and composition of the precipitates. The phase fraction in MatCalc is the volume fraction. Although the experimental phase fraction is the measured area fraction, it is relatively similar to the volume fraction. This is because of the generally larger precipitate size and similar morphology at the various locations along the build [63]. A reliable phase fraction comparison between experiment and simulation can therefore be made.

Table 3. Computational parameters used in the simulation.

Precipitation domainγ
Nucleation site γ′Bulk (homogenous)
Nucleation site MC carbideBulk (Homogenous)
Precipitates class size250
Regular solution critical temperature γ′2500 K[64]
Calculated interfacial energyγ′ = 0.080–0.140 J/m2 and MC carbide = 0.410–0.430 J/m2
3.3.2.1. Precipitate phase fraction

Fig. 5a shows the simulated phase fraction of γ′ and MC carbide during thermal cycling. Fig. 5b is a magnified view of 5a showing the simulated phase fraction at the center points of the top 70 layers, whereas Fig. 5c corresponds to the first two layers from the top. As mentioned earlier, the top layer (460th layer) represents the microstructure after solidification. The microstructure of the layers below is determined by the number of thermal cycles, which increases with distance to the top. For example, layers 459, 458, 457, up to layer 1 (region of interest) experience 1, 2, 3 and 459 thermal cycles, respectively. In the top layer in Fig. 5c, the volume fraction of γ′ and carbides increases with temperature. For γ′, it decreases to zero when the temperature is above the solvus temperature after a few seconds. Carbides, however, remain constant in their volume fraction reaching equilibrium (phase fraction ∼ 0.9%) in a short time. The topmost layer can be compared to the first deposit, and the peak in temperature symbolizes the stage where the electron beam heats the powder until melting. This means γ′ and carbide precipitation might have started in the powder particles during heating from the build temperature and electron beam until the onset of melting, where γ′ dissolves, but carbides remain stable [28].

Fig. 5

During cooling after deposition, γ′ reprecipitates at a temperature of 1085 °C, which is below its solvus temperature. As cooling progresses, the phase fraction increases steadily to ∼27% and remains constant at 1000 °C (elevated build temperature). The calculated equilibrium fraction of phases by MatCalc is used to show the complex precipitation characteristics in this alloy. Fig. 6 shows that MC carbides form during solidification at 1320 °C, followed by γ′, which precipitate when the solidified layer cools to 1140 °C. This indicates that all deposited layers might contain a negligible amount of these precipitates before subsequent layer deposition, while being at the 1000 °C build temperature or during cooling to RT. The phase diagram also shows that the equilibrium fraction of the γ′ increases as temperature decreases. For instance, at 1000, 900, and 800 °C, the phase fractions are ∼30%, 38%, and 42%, respectively.

Fig. 6

Deposition of subsequent layers causes previous layers to undergo phase transformations as they are exposed to several thermal cycles with different peak temperatures. In Fig. 5c, as the subsequent layer is being deposited, γ′ in the previous layer (459th layer) begins to dissolve as the temperature crosses the solvus temperature. This is witnessed by the reduction of the γ′ phase fraction. This graph also shows how this phase dissolves during heating. However, the phase fraction of MC carbide remains stable at high temperatures and no dissolution is seen during thermal cycling. Upon cooling, the γ′ that was dissolved during heating reprecipitates with a surge in the phase fraction until 1000 °C, after which it remains constant. This microstructure is similar to the solidification microstructure (layer 460), with a similar γ′ phase fraction (∼27%).

The complete dissolution and reprecipitation of γ′ continue for several cycles until the 50th layer from the top (layer 411), where the phase fraction does not reach zero during heating to the peak temperature (see Fig. 5d). This indicates the ‘partial’ dissolution of γ′, which continues progressively with additional layers. It should be noted that the peak temperatures for layers that underwent complete dissolution were much higher (1170–1300 °C) than the γ′ solvus.

The dissolution and reprecipitation of γ′ during thermal cycling are further confirmed in Fig. 7, which summarizes the nucleation rate, phase fraction, and concentration of major elements that form γ′ in the matrix. Fig. 7b magnifies a single layer (3rd layer from top) within the full dissolution region in Fig. 7a to help identify the nucleation and growth mechanisms. From Fig. 7b, γ′ nucleation begins during cooling whereby the nucleation rate increases to reach a maximum value of approximately 1 × 1020 m−3s−1. This fast kinetics implies that some rearrangement of atoms is required for γ′ precipitates to form in the matrix [65][66]. The matrix at this stage is in a non-equilibrium condition. Its composition is similar to the nominal composition and remains unchanged. The phase fraction remains insignificant at this stage although nucleation has started. The nucleation rate starts declining upon reaching the peak value. Simultaneously, diffusion-controlled growth of existing nuclei occurs, depleting the matrix of γ′ forming elements (Al and Ti). Thus, from (7)(11), ∆�vol continuously decreases until nucleation ceases. The growth of nuclei is witnessed by the increase in phase fraction until a constant level is reached at 27% upon cooling to and holding at build temperature. This nucleation event is repeated several times.

Fig. 7

At the onset of partial dissolution, the nucleation rate jumps to 1 × 1021 m−3s−1, and then reduces sharply at the middle stage of partial dissolution. The nucleation rate reaches 0 at a later stage. Supplementary Fig. S1 shows a magnified view of the nucleation rate, phase fraction, and thermal profile, underpinning this trend. The jump in nucleation rate at the onset is followed by a progressive reduction in the solute content of the matrix. The peak temperatures (∼1130–1160 °C) are lower than those in complete dissolution regions but still above or close to the γ′ solvus. The maximum phase fraction (∼27%) is similar to that of the complete dissolution regions. At the middle stage, the reduction in nucleation rate is accompanied by a sharp drop in the matrix composition. The γ′ fraction drops to ∼24%, where the peak temperatures of the layers are just below or at γ′ solvus. The phase fraction then increases progressively through the later stage of partial dissolution to ∼30% towards the end of thermal cycling. The matrix solute content continues to drop although no nucleation event is seen. The peak temperatures are then far below the γ′ solvus. It should be noted that the matrix concentration after complete dissolution remains constant. Upon cooling to RT after final layer deposition, the nucleation rate increases again, indicating new nucleation events. The phase fraction reaches ∼40%, with a further depletion of the matrix in major γ′ forming elements.

3.3.2.2. γ′ size distribution

Fig. 8 shows histograms of the γ′ precipitate size distributions (PSD) along the build height during deposition. These PSDs are predicted at the end of each layer of interest just before final cooling to room temperature, to separate the role of thermal cycles from final cooling on the evolution of γ′. The PSD for the top layer (layer 460) is shown in Fig. 8a (last solidified region with solidification microstructure). The γ′ size ranges from 120 to 230 nm and is similar to the 44 layers below (2.2 mm from the top).

Fig. 8

Further down the build, γ′ begins to coarsen after layer 417 (44th layer from top). Fig. 8c shows the PSD after the 44th layer, where the γ′ size exhibits two peaks at ∼120–230 and ∼300 nm, with most of the population being in the former range. This is the onset of partial dissolution where simultaneously with the reprecipitation and growth of fresh γ′, the undissolved γ′ grows rapidly through diffusive transport of atoms to the precipitates. This is shown in Fig. 8c, where the precipitate class sizes between 250 and 350 represent the growth of undissolved γ′. Although this continues in the 416th layer, the phase fractions plot indicates that the onset of partial dissolution begins after the 411th layer. This implies that partial dissolution started early, but the fraction of undissolved γ′ was too low to impact the phase fraction. The reprecipitated γ′ are mostly in the 100–220 nm class range and similar to those observed during full dissolution.

As the number of layers increases, coarsening intensifies with continued growth of more undissolved γ′, and reprecipitation and growth of partially dissolved ones. Fig. 8d, e, and f show this sequence. Further down the build, coarsening progresses rapidly, as shown in Figs. 8d, 8e, and 8f. The γ′ size ranges from 120 to 1100 nm, with the peaks at 160, 180, and 220 nm in Figs. 8d, 8e, and 8f, respectively. Coarsening continues until nucleation ends during dissolution, where only the already formed γ′ precipitates continue to grow during further thermal cycling. The γ′ size at this point is much larger, as observed in layers 361 and 261, and continues to increase steadily towards the bottom (layer 1). Two populations in the ranges of ∼380–700 and ∼750–1100 nm, respectively, can be seen. The steady growth of γ′ towards the bottom is confirmed by the gradual decrease in the concentration of solute elements in the matrix (Fig. 7a). It should be noted that for each layer, the γ′ class with the largest size originates from continuous growth of the earliest set of the undissolved precipitates.

Fig. 9Fig. 10 and supplementary Figs. S2 and S3 show the γ′ size evolution during heating and cooling of a single layer in the full dissolution region, and early, middle stages, and later stages of partial dissolution, respectively. In all, the size of γ′ reduces during layer heating. Depending on the peak temperature of the layer which varies with build height, γ′ are either fully or partially dissolved as mentioned earlier. Upon cooling, the dissolved γ′ reprecipitate.

Fig. 9
Fig. 10

In Fig. 9, those layers that underwent complete dissolution (top layers) were held above γ′ solvus temperature for longer. In Fig. 10, layers at the early stage of partial dissolution spend less time in the γ′ solvus temperature region during heating, leading to incomplete dissolution. In such conditions, smaller precipitates are fully dissolved while larger ones shrink [67]. Layers in the middle stages of partial dissolution have peak temperatures just below or at γ′ solvus, not sufficient to achieve significant γ′ dissolution. As seen in supplementary Fig. S2, only a few smaller γ′ are dissolved back into the matrix during heating, i.e., growth of precipitates is more significant than dissolution. This explains the sharp decrease in concentration of Al and Ti in the matrix in this layer.

The previous sections indicate various phenomena such as an increase in phase fraction, further depletion of matrix composition, and new nucleation bursts during cooling. Analysis of the PSD after the final cooling of the build to room temperature allows a direct comparison to post-printing microstructural characterization. Fig. 11 shows the γ′ size distribution of layer 1 (460th layer from the top) after final cooling to room temperature. Precipitation of secondary γ′ is observed, leading to the multimodal size distribution of secondary and primary γ′. The secondary γ′ size falls within the 10–80 nm range. As expected, a further growth of the existing primary γ′ is also observed during cooling.

Fig. 11
3.3.2.3. γ′ chemistry after deposition

Fig. 12 shows the concentration of the major elements that form γ′ (Al, Ti, and Ni) in the primary and secondary γ′ at the bottom of the build, as calculated by MatCalc. The secondary γ′ has a higher Al content (13.5–14.5 at% Al), compared to 13 at% Al in the primary γ′. Additionally, within the secondary γ′, the smallest particles (∼10 nm) have higher Al contents than larger ones (∼70 nm). In contrast, for the primary γ′, there is no significant variation in the Al content as a function of their size. The Ni concentration in secondary γ′ (71.1–72 at%) is also higher in comparison to the primary γ′ (70 at%). The smallest secondary γ′ (∼10 nm) have higher Ni contents than larger ones (∼70 nm), whereas there is no substantial change in the Ni content of primary γ′, based on their size. As expected, Ti shows an opposite size-dependent variation. It ranges from ∼ 7.7–8.7 at% Ti in secondary γ′ to ∼9.2 at% in primary γ′. Similarly, within the secondary γ′, the smallest (∼10 nm) have lower Al contents than the larger ones (∼70 nm). No significant variation is observed for Ti content in primary γ′.

Fig. 12

4. Discussion

A combined modelling method is utilized to study the microstructural evolution during E-PBF of IN738. The presented results are discussed by examining the precipitation and dissolution mechanism of γ′ during thermal cycling. This is followed by a discussion on the phase fraction and size evolution of γ′ during thermal cycling and after final cooling. A brief discussion on carbide morphology is also made. Finally, a comparison is made between the simulation and experimental results to assess their agreement.

4.1. γ′ morphology as a function of build height

4.1.1. Nucleation of γ′

The fast precipitation kinetics of the γ′ phase enables formation of γ′ upon quenching from higher temperatures (above solvus) during thermal cycling [66]. In Fig. 7b, for a single layer in the full dissolution region, during cooling, the initial increase in nucleation rate signifies the first formation of nuclei. The slight increase in nucleation rate during partial dissolution, despite a decrease in the concentration of γ′ forming elements, may be explained by the nucleation kinetics. During partial dissolution and as the precipitates shrink, it is assumed that the regions at the vicinity of partially dissolved precipitates are enriched in γ′ forming elements [68][69]. This differs from the full dissolution region, in which case the chemical composition is evenly distributed in the matrix. Several authors have attributed the solute supersaturation of the matrix around primary γ′ to partial dissolution during isothermal ageing [69][70][71][72]. The enhanced supersaturation in the regions close to the precipitates results in a much higher driving force for nucleation, leading to a higher nucleation rate upon cooling. This phenomenon can be closely related to the several nucleation bursts upon continuous cooling of Ni-based superalloys, where second nucleation bursts exhibit higher nucleation rates [38][68][73][74].

At middle stages of partial dissolution, the reduction in the nucleation rate indicates that the existing composition and low supersaturation did not trigger nucleation as the matrix was closer to the equilibrium state. The end of a nucleation burst means that the supersaturation of Al and Ti has reached a low level, incapable of providing sufficient driving force during cooling to or holding at 1000 °C for further nucleation [73]. Earlier studies on Ni-based superalloys have reported the same phenomenon during ageing or continuous cooling from the solvus temperature to RT [38][73][74].

4.1.2. Dissolution of γ′ during thermal cycling

γ′ dissolution kinetics during heating are fast when compared to nucleation due to exponential increase in phase transformation and diffusion activities with temperature [65]. As shown in Fig. 9Fig. 10, and supplementary Figs. S2 and S3, the reduction in γ′ phase fraction and size during heating indicates γ′ dissolution. This is also revealed in Fig. 5 where phase fraction decreases upon heating. The extent of γ′ dissolution mostly depends on the temperature, time spent above γ′ solvus, and precipitate size [75][76][77]. Smaller γ′ precipitates are first to be dissolved [67][77][78]. This is mainly because more solute elements need to be transported away from large γ′ precipitates than from smaller ones [79]. Also, a high temperature above γ′ solvus temperature leads to a faster dissolution rate [80]. The equilibrium solvus temperature of γ′ in IN738 in our MatCalc simulation (Fig. 6) and as reported by Ojo et al. [47] is 1140 °C and 1130–1180 °C, respectively. This means the peak temperature experienced by previous layers decreases progressively from γ′ supersolvus to subsolvus, near-solvus, and far from solvus as the number of subsequent layers increases. Based on the above, it can be inferred that the degree of dissolution of γ′ contributes to the gradient in precipitate distribution.

Although the peak temperatures during later stages of partial dissolution are much lower than the equilibrium γ′ solvus, γ′ dissolution still occurs but at a significantly lower rate (supplementary Fig. S3). Wahlmann et al. [28] also reported a similar case where they observed the rapid dissolution of γ′ in CMSX-4 during fast heating and cooling cycles at temperatures below the γ′ solvus. They attributed this to the γ′ phase transformation process taking place in conditions far from the equilibrium. While the same reasoning may be valid for our study, we further believe that the greater surface area to volume ratio of the small γ′ precipitates contributed to this. This ratio means a larger area is available for solute atoms to diffuse into the matrix even at temperatures much below the solvus [81].

4.2. γ′ phase fraction and size evolution

4.2.1. During thermal cycling

In the first layer, the steep increase in γ′ phase fraction during heating (Fig. 5), which also represents γ′ precipitation in the powder before melting, has qualitatively been validated in [28]. The maximum phase fraction of 27% during the first few layers of thermal cycling indicates that IN738 theoretically could reach the equilibrium state (∼30%), but the short interlayer time at the build temperature counteracts this. The drop in phase fraction at middle stages of partial dissolution is due to the low number of γ′ nucleation sites [73]. It has been reported that a reduction of γ′ nucleation sites leads to a delay in obtaining the final volume fraction as more time is required for γ′ precipitates to grow and reach equilibrium [82]. This explains why even upon holding for 150 s before subsequent layer deposition, the phase fraction does not increase to those values that were observed in the previous full γ′ dissolution regions. Towards the end of deposition, the increase in phase fraction to the equilibrium value of 30% is as a result of the longer holding at build temperature or close to it [83].

During thermal cycling, γ′ particles begin to grow immediately after they first precipitate upon cooling. This is reflected in the rapid increase in phase fraction and size during cooling in Fig. 5 and supplementary Fig. S2, respectively. The rapid growth is due to the fast diffusion of solute elements at high temperatures [84]. The similar size of γ′ for the first 44 layers from the top can be attributed to the fact that all layers underwent complete dissolution and hence, experienced the same nucleation event and growth during deposition. This corresponds with the findings by Balikci et al. [85], who reported that the degree of γ′ precipitation in IN738LC does not change when a solution heat treatment is conducted above a certain critical temperature.

The increase in coarsening rate (Fig. 8) during thermal cycling can first be ascribed to the high peak temperature of the layers [86]. The coarsening rate of γ′ is known to increase rapidly with temperature due to the exponential growth of diffusion activity. Also, the simultaneous dissolution with coarsening could be another reason for the high coarsening rate, as γ′ coarsening is a diffusion-driven process where large particles grow by consuming smaller ones [78][84][86][87]. The steady growth of γ′ towards the bottom of the build is due to the much lower layer peak temperature, which is almost close to the build temperature, and reduced dissolution activity, as is seen in the much lower solute concentration in γ′ compared to those in the full and partial dissolution regions.

4.2.2. During cooling

The much higher phase fraction of ∼40% upon cooling signifies the tendency of γ′ to reach equilibrium at lower temperatures (Fig. 4). This is due to the precipitation of secondary γ′ and a further increase in the size of existing primary γ′, which leads to a multimodal size distribution of γ′ after cooling [38][73][88][89][90]. The reason for secondary γ′ formation during cooling is as follows: As cooling progresses, it becomes increasingly challenging to redistribute solute elements in the matrix owing to their lower mobility [38][73]. A higher supersaturation level in regions away from or free of the existing γ′ precipitates is achieved, making them suitable sites for additional nucleation bursts. More cooling leads to the growth of these secondary γ′ precipitates, but as the temperature and in turn, the solute diffusivity is low, growth remains slow.

4.3. Carbides

MC carbides in IN738 are known to have a significant impact on the high-temperature strength. They can also act as effective hardening particles and improve the creep resistance [91]. Precipitation of MC carbides in IN738 and several other superalloys is known to occur during solidification or thermal treatments (e.g., hot isostatic pressing) [92]. In our case, this means that the MC carbides within the E-PBF build formed because of the thermal exposure from the E-PBF thermal cycle in addition to initial solidification. Our simulation confirms this as MC carbides appear during layer heating (Fig. 5). The constant and stable phase fraction of MC carbides during thermal cycling can be attributed to their high melting point (∼1360 °C) and the short holding time at peak temperatures [75][93][94]. The solvus temperature for most MC carbides exceeds most of the peak temperatures observed in our simulation, and carbide dissolution kinetics at temperatures above the solvus are known to be comparably slow [95]. The stable phase fraction and random distribution of MC carbides signifies the slight influence on the gradient in hardness.

4.4. Comparison of simulations and experiments

4.4.1. Precipitate phase fraction and morphology as a function of build height

A qualitative agreement is observed for the phase fraction of carbides, i.e. ∼0.8% in the experiment and ∼0.9% in the simulation. The phase fraction of γ′ differs, with the experiment reporting a value of ∼51% and the simulation, 40%. Despite this, the size distribution of primary γ′ along the build shows remarkable consistency between experimental and computational analyses. It is worth noting that the primary γ′ morphology in the experimental analysis is observed in the as-fabricated state, whereas the simulation (Fig. 8) captures it during deposition process. The primary γ′ size in the experiment is expected to experience additional growth during the cooling phase. Regardless, both show similar trends in primary γ′ size increments from the top to the bottom of the build. The larger primary γ’ size in the simulation versus the experiment can be attributed to the fact that experimental and simulation results are based on 2D and 3D data, respectively. The absence of stereological considerations [96] in our analysis could have led to an underestimation of the precipitate sizes from SEM measurements. The early starts of coarsening (8th layer) in the experiment compared to the simulation (45th layer) can be attributed to a higher actual γ′ solvus temperature than considered in our simulation [47]. The solvus temperature of γ′ in a Ni-based superalloy is mainly determined by the detailed composition. A high amount of Cr and Co are known to reduce the solvus temperature, whereas Ta and Mo will increase it [97][98][99]. The elemental composition from our experimental work was used for the simulation except for Ta. It should be noted that Ta is not included in the thermodynamic database in MatCalc used, and this may have reduced the solvus temperature. This could also explain the relatively higher γ′ phase fraction in the experiment than in simulation, as a higher γ′ solvus temperature will cause more γ′ to precipitate and grow early during cooling [99][100].

Another possible cause of this deviation can be attributed to the extent of γ′ dissolution, which is mainly determined by the peak temperature. It can be speculated that individual peak temperatures at different layers in the simulation may have been over-predicted. However, one needs to consider that the true thermal profile is likely more complicated in the actual E-PBF process [101]. For example, the current model assumes that the thermophysical properties of the material are temperature-independent, which is not realistic. Many materials, including IN738, exhibit temperature-dependent properties such as thermal conductivityspecific heat capacity, and density [102]. This means that heat transfer simulations may underestimate or overestimate the temperature gradients and cooling rates within the powder bed and the solidified part. Additionally, the model does not account for the reduced thermal diffusivity through unmelted powder, where gas separating the powder acts as insulation, impeding the heat flow [1]. In E-PBF, the unmelted powder regions with trapped gas have lower thermal diffusivity compared to the fully melted regions, leading to localized temperature variations, and altered solidification behavior. These limitations can impact the predictions, particularly in relation to the carbide dissolution, as the peak temperatures may be underestimated.

While acknowledging these limitations, it is worth emphasizing that achieving a detailed and accurate representation of each layer’s heat source would impose tough computational challenges. Given the substantial layer count in E-PBF, our decision to employ a semi-analytical approximation strikes a balance between computational feasibility and the capture of essential trends in thermal profiles across diverse build layers. In future work, a dual-calibration strategy is proposed to further reduce simulation-experiment disparities. By refining temperature-independent thermophysical property approximations and absorptivity in the heat source model, and by optimizing interfacial energy descriptions in the kinetic model, the predictive precision could be enhanced. Further refining the simulation controls, such as adjusting the precipitate class size may enhance quantitative comparisons between modeling outcomes and experimental data in future work.

4.4.2. Multimodal size distribution of γ′ and concentration

Another interesting feature that sees qualitative agreement between the simulation and the experiment is the multimodal size distribution of γ′. The formation of secondary γ′ particles in the experiment and most E-PBF Ni-based superalloys is suggested to occur at low temperatures, during final cooling to RT [16][73][90]. However, so far, this conclusion has been based on findings from various continuous cooling experiments, as the study of the evolution during AM would require an in-situ approach. Our simulation unambiguously confirms this in an AM context by providing evidence for secondary γ′ precipitation during slow cooling to RT. Additionally, it is possible to speculate that the chemical segregation occurring during solidification, due to the preferential partitioning of certain elements between the solid and liquid phases, can contribute to the multimodal size distribution during deposition [51]. This is because chemical segregation can result in variations in the local composition of superalloys, which subsequently affects the nucleation and growth of γ′. Regions with higher concentrations of alloying elements will encourage the formation of larger γ′ particles, while regions with lower concentrations may favor the nucleation of smaller precipitates. However, it is important to acknowledge that the elevated temperature during the E-PBF process will largely homogenize these compositional differences [103][104].

A good correlation is also shown in the composition of major γ′ forming elements (Al and Ti) in primary and secondary γ′. Both experiment and simulation show an increasing trend for Al content and a decreasing trend for Ti content from primary to secondary γ′. The slight composition differences between primary and secondary γ′ particles are due to the different diffusivity of γ′ stabilizers at different thermal conditions [105][106]. As the formation of multimodal γ′ particles with different sizes occurs over a broad temperature range, the phase chemistry of γ′ will be highly size dependent. The changes in the chemistry of various γ′ (primary, secondary, and tertiary) have received significant attention since they have a direct influence on the performance [68][105][107][108][109]. Chen et al. [108][109], reported a high Al content in the smallest γ′ precipitates compared to the largest, while Ti showed an opposite trend during continuous cooling in a RR1000 Ni-based superalloy. This was attributed to the temperature and cooling rate at which the γ′ precipitates were formed. The smallest precipitates formed last, at the lowest temperature and cooling rate. A comparable observation is evident in the present investigation, where the secondary γ′ forms at a low temperature and cooling rate in comparison to the primary. The temperature dependence of γ′ chemical composition is further evidenced in supplementary Fig. S4, which shows the equilibrium chemical composition of γ′ as a function of temperature.

5. Conclusions

A correlative modelling approach capable of predicting solid-state phase transformations kinetics in metal AM was developed. This approach involves computational simulations with a semi-analytical heat transfer model and the MatCalc thermo-kinetic software. The method was used to predict the phase transformation kinetics and detailed morphology and chemistry of γ′ and MC during E-PBF of IN738 Ni-based superalloy. The main conclusions are:

  • 1.The computational simulations are in qualitative agreement with the experimental observations. This is particularly true for the γ′ size distribution along the build height, the multimodal size distribution of particles, and the phase fraction of MC carbides.
  • 2.The deviations between simulation and experiment in terms of γ′ phase fraction and location in the build are most likely attributed to a higher γ′ solvus temperature during the experiment than in the simulation, which is argued to be related to the absence of Ta in the MatCalc database.
  • 3.The dissolution and precipitation of γ′ occur fast and under non-equilibrium conditions. The level of γ′ dissolution determines the gradient in γ′ size distribution along the build. After thermal cycling, the final cooling to room temperature has further significant impacts on the final γ′ size, morphology, and distribution.
  • 4.A negligible amount of γ′ forms in the first deposited layer before subsequent layer deposition, and a small amount of γ′ may also form in the powder induced by the 1000 °C elevated build temperature before melting.

Our findings confirm the suitability of MatCalc to predict the microstructural evolution at various positions throughout a build in a Ni-based superalloy during E-PBF. It also showcases the suitability of a tool which was originally developed for traditional thermo-mechanical processing of alloys to the new additive manufacturing context. Our simulation capabilities are likely extendable to other alloy systems that undergo solid-state phase transformations implemented in MatCalc (various steels, Ni-based superalloys, and Al-alloys amongst others) as well as other AM processes such as L-DED and L-PBF which have different thermal cycle characteristics. New tools to predict the microstructural evolution and properties during metal AM are important as they provide new insights into the complexities of AM. This will enable control and design of AM microstructures towards advanced materials properties and performances.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Primig Sophie: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Resources, Project administration, Funding acquisition, Conceptualization. Adomako Nana Kwabena: Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization, Software, Investigation, Formal analysis, Conceptualization. Haghdadi Nima: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Project administration, Methodology, Conceptualization. Dingle James F.L.: Methodology, Conceptualization, Software, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Kozeschnik Ernst: Writing – review & editing, Software, Methodology. Liao Xiaozhou: Writing – review & editing, Project administration, Funding acquisition. Ringer Simon P: Writing – review & editing, Project administration, Funding acquisition.

Declaration of Competing Interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgements

This research was sponsored by the Department of Industry, Innovation, and Science under the auspices of the AUSMURI program – which is a part of the Commonwealth’s Next Generation Technologies Fund. The authors acknowledge the facilities and the scientific and technical assistance at the Electron Microscope Unit (EMU) within the Mark Wainwright Analytical Centre (MWAC) at UNSW Sydney and Microscopy Australia. Nana Adomako is supported by a UNSW Scientia PhD scholarship. Michael Haines’ (UNSW Sydney) contribution to the revised version of the original manuscript is thankfully acknowledged.

Appendix A. Supplementary material

Download : Download Word document (462KB)

Supplementary material.

Data Availability

Data will be made available on request.

References

Intrusion of fine sediments into river bed and its effect on river environment – a research review

미세한 퇴적물이 강바닥에 침투하고 하천 환경에 미치는 영향 – 연구 검토

Intrusion of fine sediments into river bed and its effect on river environment – a research review

Nilav Karna,K.S. Hari Prasad, Sanjay Giri & A.S. Lodhi

Abstract

Fine sediments enter into the river through various sources such as channel bed, bank, and catchment. It has been regarded as a type of pollution in river. Fine sediments present in a river have a significant effect on river health. Benthic micro-organism, plants, and large fishes, all are part of food chain of river biota. Any detrimental effect on any of these components of food chain misbalances the entire riverine ecosystem. Numerous studies have been carried out on the various environmental aspects of rivers considering the presence of fine sediment in river flow. The present paper critically reviews many of these aspects to understand the various environmental impacts of suspended sediment on river health, flora and fauna.

Keywords: 

  1. Introduction
    The existence of fine sediment in a river system is a natural phenomenon. But in many cases it is exacerbated by the manmade activities. The natural cause of fines being in flow generally keeps the whole system in equilibrium except during some calamites whereas anthropogenic activities leading to fines entering into the flow puts several adverse impacts on the entire river system and its ecology. Presence of fines in flow is considered as a type of pollution in water. In United States,
    the fine sediment in water along with other non point source pollution is considered as a major obstacle in providing quality water for fishes and recreation activities (Diplas and Parker 1985).
    Sediments in a river are broadly of two types, organic and inorganic, and they both move in two ways either along the bed of the channel called bed load or in suspension called suspended load and their movements depend upon fluid flow and sediment characteristics. Further many investigators have divided the materials in suspension into two different types.
    One which originates from channel bed and bank is called bed material suspended load and another that migrates from feeding catchment area is called wash load. A general perception is that wash loads are very fine materials like clay, silt but it may not always be true (Woo et al. 1986). In general, suspended materials are of size less than 2 mm. The impact of sand on the various aspects of river is comparatively less than that of silt and clay. The latter are chemically active and good carrier of many contaminants and nutrients such as dioxins, phosphorous, heavy and trace metals, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCBs), radionuclide, etc. (Foster and Charlesworth 1996; Horowitz et al. 1995; Owens et al. 2001; Salomons and Förstner 1984; Stone and Droppo 1994; Thoms 1987). Foy and Bailey-Watt (1998) reported that out of 129 lakes in England and Wales, 69% have phosphorous contamination. Ten percent lakes, rivers, and bays of United States have sediment contaminants with chemicals as reported by USEPA. Several field and experimental studies have been conducted
    considering, sand, silt, and clay as suspended material. Hence, the subject reported herein is based on considering the fine sediment size smaller than 2 mm.
    Fine sediments have the ability to alter the hydraulics of the flow. Presence of fines in flow can change the magnitude of turbulence, it can change the friction resistance to flow. Fines can change the mobility and permeability of the bed material. In some extreme cases, fines in flow may even change the morphology of the river (Doeg and Koehn 1994; Nuttall 1972; Wright and Berrie 1987). Fines in the flow adversely affect the producer by increasing the turbidity, hindering the
    photosynthesis process by limiting the light penetration. This is ultimately reflected in the entire food ecosystem of river (Davis-Colley et al. 1992; Van Niewenhuyre and Laparrieve 1986). In addition, abrasion due to flowing sediment kills the aquatic flora (Edwards 1969; Brookes 1986). Intrusion of fines into the pores of river bed reduces space for several invertebrates, affects the spawning process (Petts 1984; Richards and Bacon 1994; Schalchli 1992). There are several other direct
    or indirect, short-term or long-term impacts of fines in river.
    The present paper reports the physical/environmental significance of fines in river. The hydraulic significance of presence of fines in the river has been reviewed in another paper (Effect of fine sediments on river hydraulics – a research review – http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09715010.2014.982001).

References

  • Adams, J.N., and Beschta, R.L. (1980). “Gravel bed composition in oregon coastal streams.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat.Sci., 37, 1514–1521.10.1139/f80-196  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Alabaster, J.S., and Llyod, R.L. (1980). Water quality criteria for fresh water, Butterworth, London, 297. [Google Scholar]
  • Aldridge, D.W., Payne, B.S., and Miller, A.C. (1987). “The effects of intermittent exposure to suspended solids and turbulence on three species of freshwater mussels.” Environ. Pollution, 45, 17–28.10.1016/0269-7491(87)90013-3  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Barton, B.A. (1977). “Short-term effects of highway construction on the limnology of a small stream in southern Ontario.” Freshwater Biol., 7, 99–108.10.1111/fwb.1977.7.issue-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Bash, J., Berman, C., and Bolton, S. (2001). Effects of turbidity and suspended solids on salmonids, Center for Streamside Studies, University of Washington, Seattle, WA. [Google Scholar]
  • Baxter, C.V., and Hauer, F.R. (2000). “Geomorphology, hyporheic exchange, and selection of spawning habitat by bull trout (Salvelinus confuentus).” Can. J. Fish. Aquat.Sci., 57, 1470–1481.10.1139/f00-056  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Berkman, H.E., and Rabeni, C.F. (1987). “Effect of siltation on stream fish communities.” Environ. Biol. Fish., 18, 285–294.10.1007/BF00004881  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Beschta, R.L., and Jackson, W.L. (1979). “The intrusion of fine sediments into a stable gravel bed.” J. Fish. Res. Board Can., 36, 204–210.10.1139/f79-030  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Boon, P.J. (1988). “The impact of river regulation on invertebrate communities in the UK.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 2, 389–409.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Brookes, A. (1986). “Response of aquatic vegetation to sedimentation downstream from river channelization works in England and Wales.” Biol. Conserv., 38, 352–367. [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Bruton, M.N. (1985). “The effects of suspensoids on fish.” Hydrobiologia, 125, 221–241.10.1007/BF00045937  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Carling, P.A. (1984). “Deposition of fine and coarse sand in an open-work gravel bed.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci., 41, 263–270.10.1139/f84-030  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Carling, P.A., and McCahon, C.P. (1987). “Natural siltation of brown trout (Salmo trutta L.) spawning gravels during low-flow conditions.” Regulated streams, J.F. Craig and J.B. Kemper, eds., Plenum Press, New York, NY, 229–244.10.1007/978-1-4684-5392-8  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Carter, J., Owens, P.N., Walling, D.E., and Leeks, G.J.L. (2003). “Fingerprinting suspended sediment sources in a large urban river system.” Sci. Total Environ., 314–316, 513–534.10.1016/S0048-9697(03)00071-8  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Chang, H.H. (1988). Fluvial processes in river engineering, Krieger, Malabar Florida, 432. [Google Scholar]
  • Chapman, D.W. (1988). “Critical review of variables used to define effects of fines in redds of large salmonids.” Trans. Am. Fish. Soc., 117, 1–21.10.1577/1548-8659(1988)117<0001:CROVUT>2.3.CO;2  [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Church, M.A., Mclean, D.G., and Wolcott, J.F. (1987). “River bed gravel sampling and analysis.” Sediment transport in gravel-bed rivers, C.R. Thorne, J.C. Bathrust, and R.D. Hey, eds., John Willey, Chichester, 43–79. [Google Scholar]
  • Cline, L.D., Short, R.A., and Ward, J.V. (1982). “The influence of highway construction on the macroinvertebrates and epilithic algae of a high mountain stream.” Hydrobiologia, 96, 149–159.10.1007/BF02185430  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Collins, A.L., Walling, D.E., and Leeks, G.J.L. (1997). “Fingerprinting the origin of fluvial suspended sediment in larger river basins: combining assessment of spatial provenance and source type.” Geografiska Annaler, 79A, 239–254.10.1111/1468-0459.00020  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Cordone, A.J., and Kelly, D.W. (1961). “The influence of inorganic sediment on the aquatic life of stream.” Calif. Fish Game, 47, 189–228. [Google Scholar]
  • Culp, J.M., Wrona, F.J., and Davies, R.W. (1985). “Response of stream benthos and drift to fine sediment depositionversus transport.” Can. J. Zool., 64, 1345–1351. [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Davies-Colley, R.J., Hickey, C.W., Quinn, J.M., and Ryan, P.A. (1992). “Effects of clay discharges on streams.” Hydrobiologia, 248, 215–234.10.1007/BF00006149  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Dhamotharan, S., Wood, A., Parker, G., and Stefan, H. (1980). Bed load transport in a model gravel stream. Project Report No. 190. St. Anthony Falls Hydraulic Laboratory, University of Minnesota. [Google Scholar]
  • Diplas, P., and Parker, G. (1985). Pollution of gravel spawning grounds due to fine sediment. Project Report, No. 240. St. Anthony Falls Laboratory, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN. [Google Scholar]
  • Doeg, T.J., and Koehn, J.D. (1994). “Effects of draining and desilting a small weir on downstream fish and macroinvertebrates.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 9, 263–277.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Droppo, I.G. (2001). “Rethinking what constitutes suspended sediment.” Hydrol. Process., 15, 1551–1564.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Droppo, I.G., and Ongley, E.D. (1994). “Flocculation of suspended sediment in rivers of southeastern Canada.” Water Res., 28, 1799–1809.10.1016/0043-1354(94)90253-4  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Einstein, H.A. (1968). “Deposition of suspended particles in a gravel bed.” J. Hydraul. Eng., 94, 1197–1205. [Google Scholar]
  • Erman, D.C., and Ligon, F.K. (1988). “Effects of discharge fluctuation and the addition of fine sediment on stream fish and macroinvertebrates below a water-filtration facility.” Environ. Manage., 12, 85–97.10.1007/BF01867380  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Farnsworth, K.L., and Milliman, J.D. (2003). “Effects of climatic and anthropogenic change on small mountainous rivers: the Salinas River example.” Global Planet. Change, 39, 53–64.10.1016/S0921-8181(03)00017-1  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Foster, I.D.L., and Charlesworth, S.M. (1996). “Heavy metals in the hydrological cycle: trends and explanation.” Hydrol. Process., 10, 227–261.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Foy, R.H., and Bailey-Watts, A.E. (1998). “Observations on the spatial and temporal variation in the phosphorus status of lakes in the British Isles.” Soil Use Manage., 14, 131–138.10.1111/sum.1998.14.issue-s4  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Frostick, L.E., Lucas, P.M., and Reid, I. (1984). “The infiltration of fine matrices into coarse-grained alluvial sediments and its implications for stratigraphical interpretation.” J. Geol. Soc. London, 141, 955–965.10.1144/gsjgs.141.6.0955  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gagnier, D.L., and Bailey, R.C. (1994). “Balancing loss of information and gains in efficiency in characterizing stream sediment samples.” J. North Am. Benthol. Soc., 13, 170–180.10.2307/1467236  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gammon, J.R. (1970). The effect of inorganic sediment on stream biota. Environmental Protection Agency, Water Pollution Control Research, Series, 18050 DWC 12/70. USGPO, Washington, DC. [Google Scholar]
  • Graham, A.A. (1990). “Siltation of stone-surface periphyton in rivers by clay-sized particles from low concentrations in suspention.” Hydrobiologia, 199, 107–115.10.1007/BF00005603  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Greig, S.M., Sear, D.A., and Carling, P.A. (2005). “The impact of fine sediment accumulation on the survival of incubating salmon progeny: Implications for sediment management.” Sci. Total Environ., 344, 241–258.10.1016/j.scitotenv.2005.02.010  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Harrod, T.R., and Theurer, F.D. (2002). “Sediment.” Agriculture, hydrology and water quality, P.M. Haygarth and S.C. Jarvis, eds., CABI, Wallingford, 502. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Horowitz, A.J., Elrick, K.A., Robbins, J.A., and Cook, R.B. (1995). “Effect of mining and related activities on the sediment trace element geochemistry of Lake Coeur D’Alene, Idaho, USA part II: Subsurface sediments.” Hydrol. Process., 9, 35–54.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Hynes, H.B.N. (1970). The ecology of running waters, Liverpool University Press, Liverpool. [Google Scholar]
  • Khullar, N.K. (2002). “Effect of wash load on transport of uniform and nonuniform sediments.” Ph.D. thesis, Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee. [Google Scholar]
  • Kondolf, G.M. (1995). “Managing bedload sediment in regulated rivers: Examples from California, USA.” Geophys. Monograph, 89, 165–176. [Google Scholar]
  • Kondolf, G.M. (1997). “Hungry water: effects of dams and gravel mining on river channels.” Environ. Manage., 21, 533–551.10.1007/s002679900048  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Langer, O.E. (1980). “Effects of sedimentation on salmonid stream life.” Report on the Technical Workshop on Suspended Solids and the Aquatic Environment, K. Weagle, ed., Whitehorse. [Google Scholar]
  • Lemly, A.D. (1982). “Modification of benthic insect communities in polluted streams: combined effects of sedimentation and nutrient enrichment.” Hydrobiologia, 87, 229–245.10.1007/BF00007232  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Levasseur, M., Bergeron, N.E., Lapointe, M.F., and Bérubé, F. (2006). “Effects of silt and very fine sand dynamics in Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) redds on embryo hatching success.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci., 63, 1450–1459.10.1139/f06-050  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Lewis, K. (1973a). “The effect of suspended coal particles on the life forms of the aquatic moss Eurhynchium riparioides (Hedw.).” Fresh Water Biol., 3, 251–257.10.1111/fwb.1973.3.issue-3  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lewis, K. (1973b). “The effect of suspended coal particles on the life forms of the aquatic moss Eurhynchium riparioides (Hedw.).” Fresh Water Biol., 3, 391–395.10.1111/fwb.1973.3.issue-4  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Lisle, T. (1980). “Sedimentation of Spawning Areas during Storm Flows, Jacoby Creek, North Coastal California.” Presented at the fall meeting of the American Geophysical Union, San Francisco, CA. [Google Scholar]
  • Marchant, R. (1989). “Changes in the benthic invertebrate communities of the thomson river, southeastern Australia, after dam construction.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 4, 71–89.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • McNeil, W.J., and Ahnell, W.H. (1964). Success of pink salmon spawning relative to size of spawning bed material. US Fish and Wildlife Service. Special Scientific Report, Fisheries 469. Washington, DC. [Google Scholar]
  • Milhous, R.T. (1973). “Sediment transport in a gravel bottomed stream.” Ph.D. thesis, Oregon State University, Corvallis, OR. [Google Scholar]
  • Milliman, J.D., and Syvitski, J.P.M. (1992). “Geomorphic/tectonic control of sediment discharge to the oceans: the importance of small mountainous rivers.” J. Geol., 100, 525–544.10.1086/jg.1992.100.issue-5  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Mohnakrishnan, A. (2001). Reservoir sedimentation, Seminar on Reservoir Sedimentation, Ooty. [Google Scholar]
  • Mohta, J.A., Wallbrink, P.J., Hairsine, P.B., and Grayson, R.B. (2003). “Determining the sources of suspended sediment in a forested catchment in southeastern Australia.” Water Resour. Res., 39, 1056. [Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Morris, G.L. (1993). “A global perspective of sediment control measures in reservoirs.” Notes on sediment management in reservoirs, S. Fan and G. Morris, eds., Water Resources Publications, Colorado, 13–44. [Google Scholar]
  • Morris, L.G., and Fan, J. (2010). Reservoir Sedimentation hand book – design and management of dams, reservoirs and watershed for sustainable use. McGraw-Hill, 440 and 499. [Google Scholar]
  • Newcombe, C.P., and Macdonald, D.D. (1991). “Effects of suspended sediments on aquatic ecosystems.” North Am. J. Fish. Manage., 11, 72–82.10.1577/1548-8675(1991)011<0072:EOSSOA>2.3.CO;2  [Taylor & Francis Online][Google Scholar]
  • Nuttal, P.M. (1972). “The effects of sand deposition upon the macroinvertebrate fauna of the River Camel, Cornwall.” Freshwater Biol., 2, 181–186.10.1111/fwb.1972.2.issue-3  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Olsson, T.I., and Petersen, B. (1986). “Effects of gravel size and peat material on embryo survival and alevin emergence of brown trout, Salmo trutta L.” Hydrobiologia, 135, 9–14.10.1007/BF00006453  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Owens, P.N., Walling, D.E., and Leeks, G.J.L. (2000). “Tracing fluvial suspended sediment sources in the catchment of the River Tweed, Scotland, using composite fingerprints and a numerical mixing model.” Tracers in eomorphology, I.D.L. Foster, ed., Wiley, Chichester, 291–308. [Google Scholar]
  • Owens, P.N., Walling, D.E., Carton, J., Meharg, A.A., Wright, J., and Leeks, G.J.L. (2001). “Downstream changes in the transport and storage of sediment-associated contaminants (P, Cr and PCBs) in agricultural and industrialized drainage basins.” Sci. Total Environ., 266, 177–186.10.1016/S0048-9697(00)00729-4  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Petts, G.E. (1984). Impounded rivers: Perspectives for ecological management, Wiley, Chichester, 326. [Google Scholar]
  • Phillips, J.M., and Walling, D.E. (1995). “An assessment of the effects of sample collection, storage and resuspension on the representativeness of measurements of the effective particle size distribution of fluvial suspended sediment.” Water Res., 29, 2498–2508.10.1016/0043-1354(95)00087-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Quinn, J.M., Davies-Coley, R.J., Hickey, C.W., Vickers, M.L., and Ryan, P.A. (1992). “Effects of clay discharges on streams.” Hydrobiologia, 248, 235–247.10.1007/BF00006150  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Reiser, D.W., and White, R.G. (1990). “Effects of stream flow reduction on Chinook salmon egg incubation and fry quality.” Rivers, 1, 110–118. [Google Scholar]
  • Richards, C., and Bacon, K.L. (1994). “Influence of fine sediment on macroibvertebrates colonization of surface and hyporheic stream substrate.” Great Basin Nat., 54, 106–113. [Google Scholar]
  • Richards, C., Host, G.H., and Arthur, J.W. (1993). “Identification of predominant environmental factors structuring stream macroinvertebrate communities within a large agricultural catchment.” Freshwater Biol., 29, 285–294.10.1111/fwb.1993.29.issue-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Rosenberg, D.M., and Wiens, A.P. (1978). “Effects of sediment addition on macrobenthic invertebrates in a Northern Canadian River.” Water Res., 12, 753–763.10.1016/0043-1354(78)90024-6  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Ryan, P.A. (1991). “Environmental effects of sediment on New Zealand streams: A review.” New Zeal. J. Mar. Freshwater Res., 25, 207–221.10.1080/00288330.1991.9516472  [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Salomons, W., and Förstner, U. (1984). Metals in the hydrocycle, Sringer Verglag, New York, NY.10.1007/978-3-642-69325-0  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Schalchli, U. (1992). “The clogging of coarse gravel river beds by fine sediment.” Hydrobiologia, 235–236, 189–197.10.1007/BF00026211  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Scrivener, J.C., and Brownlee, M.J. (1989). “Effects of forest harvesting on spawning gravel and incubation survival of chum (Oncorhynchus keta) andcoho salmon (O. kisutch) in Carnation Creek, British Columbia.” Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci., 46, 681–696.10.1139/f89-087  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Sear, D.A. (1993). “Fine sediment infiltration into gravel spawning beds within a regulated river experiencing floods: Ecological implications for salmonids.” Reg Rivers Res. Manage., 8, 373–390.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Soutar, R.G. (1989). “Afforestation and sediment yields in British fresh waters.” Soil Use Manage., 5, 82–86.10.1111/sum.1989.5.issue-2  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Stone, M., and Droppo, I.G. (1994). “In-channel surficial fine-grained sediment laminae: Part II: Chemical characteristics and implications for contaminant transport in fluvial systems.” Hydrol. Process., 8, 113–124.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Thoms, M.C. (1987). “Channel sedimentation within the urbanized River Tame, UK.” Reg. Rivers Res. Manage., 1, 229–246.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Trimble, S.W. (1983). “A sediment budget for Coon Creek, Driftless area, Wisconsin, 1853–1977.” Am. J. Sci., 283, 454–474.10.2475/ajs.283.5.454  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare. (1965). Environmental Health Practices in recreational Areas, Public Health Service, Publication No. 1195. [Google Scholar]
  • Van Nieuwenhuyse, E.E., and LaPerriere, J.D. (1986). “Effects of placer gold mining on primary production in subarctic streams of Alaska.” J. Am. Water Res. Assoc., 22, 91–99. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Vörösmarty, C.J., Meybeck, M., Fekete, B., Sharma, K., Green, P., and Syvitski, J.P.M. (2003). “Anthropogenic sediment retention: major global impact from registered river impoundments.” Global Planet. Change, 39, 169–190.10.1016/S0921-8181(03)00023-7  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E. (1995). “Suspended sediment yields in a changing environment.” Changing river channels, A. Gurnell and G. Petts, eds., Wiley, Chichester, 149–176. [Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E., and Moorehead, D.W. (1989). “The particle size characteristics of fluvial suspended sediment: an overview.” Hydrobiologia, 176–177, 125–149.10.1007/BF00026549  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E., Owens, P.N., and Leeks, G.J.L. (1999). “Fingerprinting suspended sediment sources in the catchment of the River Ouse, Yorkshire, UK.” Hydrol. Process., 13, 955–975.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1085  [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Walling, D.E., Owens, P.N., Waterfall, B.D., Leeks, G.J.L., and Wass, P.D. (2000). “The particle size characteristics of fluvial suspended sediment in the Humber and Tweed catchments, UK.” Sci. Total Environ., 251–252, 205–222.10.1016/S0048-9697(00)00384-3  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Wilbur, C.G. (1983). Turbidity in the aquatic environment: an environmental factor in fresh and oceanic waters, Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, IL, 133. [Google Scholar]
  • Woo, H.S., Julien, P.Y., and Richardson, E.V. (1986). “Washload and fine sediment load.” J. Hydraul. Eng., 112, 541–545.10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1986)112:6(541)  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Wood, P.J., and Armitage, P.D. (1997). “Biological effects of fine sediment in the lotic environment.” Environ. Manage., 21, 203–217.10.1007/s002679900019  [Crossref][PubMed][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Wooster, J.K., Dusterhoff, S.R., Cui, Y., Sklar, L.S., Dietrich, W.E., and Malko, M. (2008). “Sediment supply and relative size distribution effects on fine sediment infiltration into immobile gravels.” Water Res. Res., 44, 1–18. [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Wren, G.Daniel, Bennett, J.Sean, Barkdoll, D.Brian, and Khunle, A.Roger. (2000). Studies in suspended sediment and turbulence in open channel flows, USDA, Agriculture Research Service, Research Report No. 18. [Google Scholar]
  • Wright, J.F., and Berrie, A.D. (1987). “Ecological effects of groundwater pumping and a natural drought on the upper reaches of a chalk stream.” Reg. River Res. Manage., 1, 145–160.10.1002/(ISSN)1099-1646  [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Zhang, H., Xia, M., Chen, S.J., Li, Z., and Xia, H.B. (1976). “Regulation of sediments in some medium and small-sized reservoirs on heavily silt-laden streams in China.” 12th International Commission on Large Dams (ICOLD) Congress, Q. 47, R. 32, Mexico City, 1123–1243. [Google Scholar]
Numerical simulation on molten pool behavior of narrow gap gas tungsten arc welding

좁은 간격 가스 텅스텐 아크 용접의 용융 풀 거동에 대한 수치 시뮬레이션

Numerical simulation on molten pool behavior of narrow gap gas tungsten arc welding

The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology (2023)Cite this article

Abstract

As a highly efficient thick plate welding resolution, narrow gap gas tungsten arc welding (NG-GTAW) is in the face of a series of problems like inter-layer defects like pores, lack of fusion, inclusion of impurity, and the sensitivity to poor sidewall fusion, which is hard to be repaired after the welding process. This study employs numerical simulation to investigate the molten pool behavior in NG-GTAW root welding. A 3D numerical model was established, where a body-fitted coordinate system was applied to simulate the electromagnetic force, and a bridge transition model was developed to investigate the wire–feed root welding. The simulated results were validated experimentally. Results show that the molten pool behavior is dominated by electromagnetic force when the welding current is relatively high, and the dynamic change of the vortex actually determines the molten pool morphology. For self-fusion welding, there are two symmetric inward vortices in the cross-section and one clockwise vortex in the longitudinal section. With the increasing welding current, the vortices in the cross-section gradually move to the arc center with a decreasing range, while the vortex in the longitudinal section moves backward. With the increasing traveling speed, the vortices in the cross-section move toward the surface of the molten pool with a decreasing range, and the horizontal component of liquid metal velocity changes in the longitudinal section. For wire–feed welding, the filling metal strengthens the downward velocity component; as a result, the vortex formation is blocked in the cross-section and is strengthened in the longitudinal section.

This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

Data availability

The raw/processed data required cannot be shared at this time as the data also forms part of an ongoing study.

References

  1. Wang X, Nan Y, Xie Z, Tsai Y, Yang J, Shang C (2017) Influence of welding pass on microstructure and toughness in the reheated zone of multi-pass weld metal of 550 MPa offshore engineering steel. Mater Sci Eng : A 702:196–205. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2017.06.081Article Google Scholar 
  2. Bunaziv I, Akselsen OM, Frostevarg J, Kaplan AFH (2018) Deep penetration fiber laser-arc hybrid welding of thick HSLA steel. J Mater Process Technol 256:216–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.02.026Article Google Scholar 
  3. Josefson BL, Karlsson CT (1989) FE-calculated stresses in a multi-pass butt-welded pipe-a simplified approach. Int J Pressure Vessels Pip 38:227–243. https://doi.org/10.1016/0308-0161(89)90017-3Article Google Scholar 
  4. Mitra A, Rajan Babu V, Puthiyavinayagam P, Varier NV, Ghosh M, Desai H, Chellapandi P, Chetal SC (2012) Design and development of thick plate concept for rotatable plugs and technology development for future Indian FBR. Nucl Eng Des 246:245–255. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nucengdes.2012.01.008Article Google Scholar 
  5. Alemdar ASA, Jalal SR, Mulapeer MMS (2022) Influence of friction stir welding process on the mechanical characteristics of the hybrid joints aa2198-t8 to aa2024-t3. Adv Mater Sci Eng 2022:1–11. https://doi.org/10.1155/2022/7055446Article Google Scholar 
  6. Anant R, Ghosh PK (2017) Advancement in narrow gap GMA weld joint of thick section of austenitic stainless steel to HSLA steel. Mater Today: Proc 4:10169–10173. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2017.06.342Article Google Scholar 
  7. Wang J, Zhu J, Fu P, Su R, Han W, Yang F (2012) A swing arc system for narrow gap GMA welding. ISIJ Int 52:110–114. https://doi.org/10.2355/isijinternational.52.110Article Google Scholar 
  8. Jiang L, Shi L, Lu Y, Xiang Y, Zhang C, Gao M (2022) Effects of sidewall grain growth on pore formation in narrow gap oscillating laser welding. Optics Laser Technol 156:108483. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2022.108483Article Google Scholar 
  9. Ohnishi T, Kawahito Y, Mizutani M, Katayama S (2013) Butt welding of thick, high strength steel plate with a high power laser and hot wire to improve tolerance to gap variance and control weld metal oxygen content. Sci Technol Welding Join 18:314–322. https://doi.org/10.1179/1362171813Y.0000000108Article Google Scholar 
  10. Cai C, Li L, Tai L (2017) Narrow-gap laser-MIG hybrid welding of thick-section steel with different shielding gas nozzles. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 92:909–916. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-017-0179-3Article Google Scholar 
  11. Yang T, Liu J, Zhuang Y, Sun K, Chen W (2020) Studies on the formation mechanism of incomplete fusion defects in ultra-narrow gap laser wire filling welding. Optics Laser Technol 129:106275. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106275Article Google Scholar 
  12. Miao R, Shan Z, Zhou Q, Wu Y, Ge L, Zhang J, Hu H (2022) Real-time defect identification of narrow overlap welds and application based on convolutional neural networks. J Manuf Syst 62:800–810. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmsy.2021.01.012Article Google Scholar 
  13. Näsström J, Brueckner F, Kaplan AFH (2020) Imperfections in narrow gap multi-layer welding – potential causes and countermeasures. Optics Lasers Eng 129:106011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlaseng.2020.106011Article Google Scholar 
  14. Li W, Yu R, Huang D, Wu J, Wang Y, Hu T, Wang J (2019) Numerical simulation of multi-layer rotating arc narrow gap MAG welding for medium steel plate. J Manuf Proc 45:460–471. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2019.07.035Article Google Scholar 
  15. Han S, Liu G, Tang X, Xu L, Cui H, Shao C (2022) Effect of molten pool behaviors on welding defects in tandem NG-GMAW based on CFD simulation. Int J Heat Mass Transf 195:123165. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2022.123165Article Google Scholar 
  16. Mikihito H, Yoshito I (2016) A simplified Fe simulation method with shell element for welding deformation and residual stress generated by multi-pass butt welding. Int J Steel Struct 16:51–58. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13296-016-3005-0Article Google Scholar 
  17. Cai W, Saez M, Spicer P, Chakraborty D, Skurkis R, Carlson B, Okigami F, Robertson J (2023) Distortion simulation of gas metal arc welding (gmaw) processes for automotive body assembly. Weld World 67:109–139. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40194-022-01369-3Article Google Scholar 
  18. Pazilova UA, Il In AV, Kruglova AA, Motovilina GD, Khlusova EI (2015) Influence of the temperature and strain rate on the structure and fracture mode of high-strength steels upon the simulation of the thermal cycle of welding and post-welding tempering. Phys Metals Metallogr 116:606–614. https://doi.org/10.1134/S0031918X1506006XArticle Google Scholar 
  19. Zhang Z, Wu Q, Grujicic M et al (2016) Monte Carlo simulation of grain growth and welding zones in friction stir welding of aa6082-t6. J Mater Sci 51:1882–1895. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10853-015-9495-xArticle Google Scholar 
  20. Ikram A, Chung H (2021) Numerical simulation of arc, metal transfer and its impingement on weld pool in variable polarity gas metal arc welding. J Manuf Process 64:1529–1543. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.03.001Article Google Scholar 
  21. Zhao B, Chen J, Wu C, Shi L (2020) Numerical simulation of bubble and arc dynamics during underwater wet flux-cored arc welding. J Manuf Process 59:167–185. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2020.09.054Article Google Scholar 
  22. Zeng Z, Wang Z, Hu S, Wu S (2022) Dynamic molten pool behavior of pulsed gas tungsten arc welding with filler wire in horizontal position and its characterization based on arc voltage. J Manuf Proc 75:1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.12.051Article Google Scholar 
  23. Zhu C, Cheon J, Tang X, Na S, Cui H (2018) Molten pool behaviors and their influences on welding defects in narrow gap GMAW of 5083 Al-alloy. Int J Heat Mass Transf 126:1206–1221. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2018.05.132Article Google Scholar 
  24. Gu H, Väistö T, Li L (2020) Numerical and experimental study on the molten pool dynamics and fusion zone formation in multi-pass narrow gap laser welding. Optics Laser Technol 126:106081. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106081Article Google Scholar 
  25. Ma C, Chen B, Meng Z, Tan C, Song X, Li Y (2023) Characteristic of keyhole, molten pool and microstructure of oscillating laser TIG hybrid welding. Optics Laser Technol. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2023.109142.161:109142
  26. Ai Y, Liu X, Huang Y, Yu L (2020) Numerical analysis of the influence of molten pool instability on the weld formation during the high speed fiber laser welding. Int J Heat Mass Trans 160:120103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120103Article Google Scholar 
  27. Meng X, Artinov A, Bachmann M, Üstündağ Ö, Gumenyuk A, Rethmeier M (2022) The detrimental molten pool narrowing phenomenon in wire feed laser beam welding and its suppression by magnetohydrodynamic technique. Int J Heat Mass Transf 193:122913. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2022.122913Article Google Scholar 
  28. Li X, Wei X, Zhang L, Lv Q (2023) Numerical simulation for the effect of scanning speed and in situ laser shock peening on molten pool and solidification characteristics. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 125:5031–5046. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-023-10897-1Article Google Scholar 
  29. Ye W, Bao J, Lei J Huang Y, Li Z, Li P, Zhang Y (2022) Multiphysics modeling of thermal behavior of commercial pure titanium powder during selective laser melting. Met Mater Int 28:282-296. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12540-021-01019-1.
  30. Cheng H, Kang L, Wang C, Li Q, Chang B, Chang B (2022) Dynamic behavior of molten pool backside during full-penetration laser welding of Ni-based superalloys. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 119:4587–4598. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-021-08187-9Article Google Scholar 
  31. Jeong H, Park K, Cho J (2016) Numerical analysis of variable polarity arc weld pool. J Mech Sci Technol 30:4307–4313. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12206-016-0845-7Article Google Scholar
Development of macro-defect-free PBF-EB-processed Ti–6Al–4V alloys with superior plasticity using PREP-synthesized powder and machine learning-assisted process optimization

Development of macro-defect-free PBF-EB-processed Ti–6Al–4V alloys with superior plasticity using PREP-synthesized powder and machine learning-assisted process optimization

Yunwei GuiabKenta Aoyagib Akihiko Chibab
aDepartment of Materials Processing, Graduate School of Engineering, Tohoku University, 6-6 Aramaki Aza Aoba, Aoba-ku, Sendai, 980-8579, Japan
bInstitute for Materials Research, Tohoku University, 2-1-1 Katahira, Aoba-ku, Sendai, 980-8577, Japan

Received 14 October 2022, Revised 23 December 2022, Accepted 3 January 2023, Available online 5 January 2023.Show lessAdd to MendeleyShareCite

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2023.144595Get rights and content

Abstract

The elimination of internal macro-defects is a key issue in Ti–6Al–4V alloys fabricated via powder bed fusion using electron beams (PBF-EB), wherein internal macro-defects mainly originate from the virgin powder and inappropriate printing parameters. This study compares different types powders by combining support vector machine techniques to determine the most suitable powder for PBF-EB and to predict the processing window for the printing parameters without internal macro-defects. The results show that powders fabricated via plasma rotating electrode process have the best sphericity, flowability, and minimal porosity and are most suitable for printing. Surface roughness criterion was also applied to determine the quality of the even surfaces, and support vector machine was used to construct processing maps capable of predicting a wide range of four-dimensional printing parameters to obtain macro-defect-free samples, offering the possibility of subsequent development of Ti–6Al–4V alloys with excellent properties. The macro-defect-free samples exhibited good elongation, with the best overall mechanical properties being the ultimate tensile strength and elongation of 934.7 MPa and 24.3%, respectively. The elongation of the three macro-defect-free samples was much higher than that previously reported for additively manufactured Ti–6Al–4V alloys. The high elongation of the samples in this work is mainly attributed to the elimination of internal macro-defects.

Introduction

Additive manufacturing (AM) technologies can rapidly manufacture complex or custom parts, reducing process steps and saving manufacturing time [[1], [2], [3], [4]], and are widely used in the aerospace, automotive, and other precision industries [5,6]. Powder bed fusion using an electron beam (PBF-EB) is an additive manufacturing method that uses a high-energy electron beam to melt metal powders layer by layer to produce parts. In contrast to selective laser melting, PBF-EB involves the preparation of samples in a high vacuum environment, which effectively prevents the introduction of impurities such as O and N. It also involves a preheating process for the print substrate and powder, which reduces residual thermal stress on the sample and subsequent heat treatment processes [[2], [3], [4],7]. Due to these features and advantages, PBF-EB technology is a very important AM technology with great potential in metallic materials. Moreover, PBF-EB is the ideal AM technology for the manufacture of complex components made of many alloys, such as titanium alloys, nickel-based superalloys, aluminum alloys and stainless steels [[2], [3], [4],8].

Ti–6Al–4V alloy is one of the prevalent commercial titanium alloys possessing high specific strength, excellent mechanical properties, excellent corrosion resistance, and good biocompatibility [9,10]. It is widely used in applications requiring low density and excellent corrosion resistance, such as the aerospace industry and biomechanical applications [11,12]. The mechanical properties of PBF-EB-processed Ti–6Al–4V alloys are superior to those fabricated by casting or forging, because the rapid cooling rate in PBF-EB results in finer grains [[12], [13], [14], [15], [16], [17], [18]]. However, the PBF-EB-fabricated parts often include internal macro-defects, which compromises their mechanical properties [[19], [20], [21], [22]]. This study focused on the elimination of macro-defects, such as porosity, lack of fusion, incomplete penetration and unmelted powders, which distinguishes them from micro-defects such as vacancies, dislocations, grain boundaries and secondary phases, etc. Large-sized fusion defects cause a severe reduction in mechanical strength. Smaller defects, such as pores and cracks, lead to the initiation of fatigue cracking and rapidly accelerate the cracking process [23]. The issue of internal macro-defects must be addressed to expand the application of the PBF-EB technology. The main studies for controlling internal macro-defects are online monitoring of defects, remelting and hot isostatic pressing (HIP). The literatures [24,25] report the use of infrared imaging or other imaging techniques to identify defects, but the monitoring of smaller sized defects is still not adequate. And in some cases remelting does not reduce the internal macro-defects of the part, but instead causes coarsening of the macrostructure and volatilization of some metal elements [23]. The HIP treatment does not completely eliminate the internal macro-defects, the original defect location may still act as a point of origin of the crack, and the subsequent treatment will consume more time and economic costs [23]. Therefore, optimizing suitable printing parameters to avoid internal macro-defects in printed parts at source is of great industrial value and research significance, and is an urgent issue in PBF-EB related technology.

There are two causes of internal macro-defects in the AM process: gas pores trapped in the virgin powder and the inappropriate printing parameters [7,23]. Gui et al. [26] classify internal macro-defects during PBF-EB process according to their shape, such as spherical defects, elongated shape defects, flat shape defects and other irregular shape defects. Of these, spherical defects mainly originate from raw material powders. Other shape defects mainly originate from lack of fusion or unmelted powders caused by unsuitable printing parameters, etc. The PBF-EB process requires powders with good flowability, and spherical powders are typically chosen as raw materials. The prevalent techniques for the fabrication of pre-alloyed powders are gas atomization (GA), plasma atomization (PA), and the plasma rotating electrode process (PREP) [27,28]. These methods yield powders with different characteristics that affect the subsequent fabrication. The selection of a suitable powder for PBF-EB is particularly important to produce Ti–6Al–4V alloys without internal macro-defects. The need to optimize several printing parameters such as beam current, scan speed, line offset, and focus offset make it difficult to eliminate internal macro-defects that occur during printing [23]. Most of the studies [11,12,22,[29], [30], [31], [32], [33]] on the optimization of AM processes for Ti–6Al–4V alloys have focused on samples with a limited set of parameters (e.g., power–scan speed) and do not allow for the guidance and development of unknown process windows for macro-defect-free samples. In addition, process optimization remains a time-consuming problem, with the traditional ‘trial and error’ method demanding considerable time and economic costs. The development of a simple and efficient method to predict the processing window for alloys without internal macro-defects is a key issue. In recent years, machine learning techniques have increasingly been used in the field of additive manufacturing and materials development [[34], [35], [36], [37]]. Aoyagi et al. [38] recently proposed a novel and efficient method based on a support vector machine (SVM) to optimize the two-dimensional process parameters (current and scan speed) and obtain PBF-EB-processed CoCr alloys without internal macro-defects. The method is one of the potential approaches toward effective optimization of more than two process parameters and makes it possible for the machine learning techniques to accelerate the development of alloys without internal macro-defects.

Herein, we focus on the elimination of internal macro-defects, such as pores, lack of fusion, etc., caused by raw powders and printing parameters. The Ti–6Al–4V powders produced by three different methods were compared, and the powder with the best sphericity, flowability, and minimal porosity was selected as the feedstock for subsequent printing. The relationship between the surface roughness and internal macro-defects in the Ti–6Al–4V components was also investigated. The combination of SVM and surface roughness indices (Sdr) predicted a wider four-dimensional processing window for obtaining Ti–6Al–4V alloys without internal macro-defects. Finally, we investigated the tensile properties of Ti–6Al–4V alloys at room temperature with different printing parameters, as well as the corresponding microstructures and fracture types.

Section snippets

Starting materials

Three types of Ti–6Al–4V alloy powders, produced by GA, PA, and PREP, were compared. The particle size distribution of the powders was determined using a laser particle size analyzer (LS230, Beckman Coulter, USA), and the flowability was measured using a Hall flowmeter (JIS-Z2502, Tsutsui Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd., Japan), according to the ASTM B213 standard. The powder morphology and internal macro-defects were determined using scanning electron microscopy (SEM, JEOL JCM-6000) and X-ray 

Comparison of the characteristics of GA, PA, and PREP Ti–6Al–4V powders

The particle size distributions (PSDs) and flowability of the three types of Ti–6Al–4V alloy powders produced by GA, PA, and PREP are shown in Fig. 2. Although the average particle sizes are similar (89.4 μm for GA, 82.5 μm for PA, and 86.1μm for PREP), the particle size range is different for the three types of powder (6.2–174.8 μm for GA, 27.3–139.2 μm for PA, and 39.4–133.9 μm for PREP). The flowability of the GA, PA, and PREP powders was 30.25 ± 0.98, 26.54 ± 0.37, and 25.03 ± 0.22 (s/50

Conclusions

The characteristics of the three types of Ti–6Al–4V alloy powders produced via GA, PA, and PREP were compared. The PREP powder with the best sphericity, flowability, and low porosity was found to be the most favorable powder for subsequent printing of Ti–6Al–4V alloys without internal macro-defects. The quantitative criterion of Sdr <0.015 for even surfaces was also found to be applicable to Ti–6Al–4V alloys. The process maps of Ti–6Al–4V alloys include two regions, high beam current/scan speed 

Uncited references

[55]; [56]; [57]; [58]; [59]; [60]; [61]; [62]; [63]; [64]; [65].

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Yunwei Gui: Writing – original draft, Visualization, Validation, Investigation. Kenta Aoyagi: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Resources, Methodology, Funding acquisition, Conceptualization. Akihiko Chiba: Supervision, Funding acquisition.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgments

This study was based on the results obtained from project JPNP19007, commissioned by the New Energy and Industrial Technology Development Organization (NEDO). This work was also supported by JSPS KAKENHI (Proposal No. 21K03801) and the Inter-University Cooperative Research Program (Proposal nos. 18G0418, 19G0411, and 20G0418) of the Cooperative Research and Development Center for Advanced Materials, Institute for Materials Research, Tohoku University. It was also supported by the Council for

References (65)

View more references

Cited by (0)

Recommended articles (6)

이종 금속 인터커넥트의 펄스 레이저 용접을 위한 가공 매개변수 최적화

Optimization of processing parameters for pulsed laser welding of dissimilar metal interconnects

본 논문은 독자의 편의를 위해 기계번역된 내용이어서 자세한 내용은 원문을 참고하시기 바랍니다.

NguyenThi TienaYu-LungLoabM.Mohsin RazaaCheng-YenChencChi-PinChiuc

aNational Cheng Kung University, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Tainan, Taiwan

bNational Cheng Kung University, Academy of Innovative Semiconductor and Sustainable Manufacturing, Tainan, Taiwan

cJum-bo Co., Ltd, Xinshi District, Tainan, Taiwan

Abstract

워블 전략이 포함된 펄스 레이저 용접(PLW) 방법을 사용하여 알루미늄 및 구리 이종 랩 조인트의 제조를 위한 최적의 가공 매개변수에 대해 실험 및 수치 조사가 수행됩니다. 피크 레이저 출력과 접선 용접 속도의 대표적인 조합 43개를 선택하기 위해 원형 패킹 설계 알고리즘이 먼저 사용됩니다.

선택한 매개변수는 PLW 프로세스의 전산유체역학(CFD) 모델에 제공되어 용융 풀 형상(즉, 인터페이스 폭 및 침투 깊이) 및 구리 농도를 예측합니다. 시뮬레이션 결과는 설계 공간 내에서 PLW 매개변수의 모든 조합에 대한 용융 풀 형상 및 구리 농도를 예측하기 위해 3개의 대리 모델을 교육하는 데 사용됩니다.

마지막으로, 대체 모델을 사용하여 구성된 처리 맵은 용융 영역에 균열이나 기공이 없고 향상된 기계적 및 전기적 특성이 있는 이종 조인트를 생성하는 PLW 매개변수를 결정하기 위해 세 가지 품질 기준에 따라 필터링됩니다.

제안된 최적화 접근법의 타당성은 최적의 용접 매개변수를 사용하여 생성된 실험 샘플의 전단 강도, 금속간 화합물(IMC) 형성 및 전기 접촉 저항을 평가하여 입증됩니다.

결과는 최적의 매개변수가 1209N의 높은 전단 강도와 86µΩ의 낮은 전기 접촉 저항을 생성함을 확인합니다. 또한 용융 영역에는 균열 및 기공과 같은 결함이 없습니다.

An experimental and numerical investigation is performed into the optimal processing parameters for the fabrication of aluminum and copper dissimilar lap joints using a pulsed laser welding (PLW) method with a wobble strategy. A circle packing design algorithm is first employed to select 43 representative combinations of the peak laser power and tangential welding speed. The selected parameters are then supplied to a computational fluidic dynamics (CFD) model of the PLW process to predict the melt pool geometry (i.e., interface width and penetration depth) and copper concentration. The simulation results are used to train three surrogate models to predict the melt pool geometry and copper concentration for any combination of the PLW parameters within the design space. Finally, the processing maps constructed using the surrogate models are filtered in accordance with three quality criteria to determine the PLW parameters that produce dissimilar joints with no cracks or pores in the fusion zone and enhanced mechanical and electrical properties. The validity of the proposed optimization approach is demonstrated by evaluating the shear strength, intermetallic compound (IMC) formation, and electrical contact resistance of experimental samples produced using the optimal welding parameters. The results confirm that the optimal parameters yield a high shear strength of 1209 N and a low electrical contact resistance of 86 µΩ. Moreover, the fusion zone is free of defects, such as cracks and pores.

Fig. 1. Schematic illustration of Al-Cu lap-joint arrangement
Fig. 1. Schematic illustration of Al-Cu lap-joint arrangement
Fig. 2. Machine setup (MFQS-150W_1500W
Fig. 2. Machine setup (MFQS-150W_1500W
Fig. 5. Lap-shear mechanical tests: (a) experimental setup and specimen dimensions, and (b) two different failures of lap-joint welding.
N. Thi Tien et al.
Fig. 5. Lap-shear mechanical tests: (a) experimental setup and specimen dimensions, and (b) two different failures of lap-joint welding. N. Thi Tien et al.
Fig. 9. Simulation and experimental results for melt pool profile. (a) Simulation results for melt pool cross-section, and (b) OM image of melt pool cross-section.
(Note that laser processing parameter of 830 W and 565 mm/s is chosen.).
Fig. 9. Simulation and experimental results for melt pool profile. (a) Simulation results for melt pool cross-section, and (b) OM image of melt pool cross-section. (Note that laser processing parameter of 830 W and 565 mm/s is chosen.).

References

[1]

G. Santos

Road transport and CO2 emissions: What are the challenges?

Transport Policy, 59 (2017), pp. 71-74

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[2]

A. Das, D. Li, D. Williams, D. Greenwood

Joining technologies for automotive battery systems manufacturing

World Electric Veh. J., 9 (2) (2018), p. 22 View PDF

CrossRefGoogle Scholar[3]

M. Zwicker, M. Moghadam, W. Zhang, C. Nielsen

Automotive battery pack manufacturing–a review of battery to tab joining

J. Adv. Joining Process., 1 (2020), Article 100017

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[4]

T. Mai, A. Spowage

Characterisation of dissimilar joints in laser welding of steel–kovar, copper–steel and copper–aluminium

Mater. Sci. Eng. A, 374 (1–2) (2004), pp. 224-233

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[5]

S.S. Lee, T.H. Kim, S.J. Hu, W.W. Cai, J. Li, J.A. Abell

Characterization of joint quality in ultrasonic welding of battery tabs

International Manufacturing Science and Engineering Conference, vol. 54990, American Society of Mechanical Engineers (2012), pp. 249-261

Google Scholar[6]

Y. Zhou, P. Gorman, W. Tan, K. Ely

Weldability of thin sheet metals during small-scale resistance spot welding using an alternating-current power supply

J. Electron. Mater., 29 (9) (2000), pp. 1090-1099 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[7]

S. Katayama

Handbook of laser welding technologies

Elsevier (2013)

Google Scholar[8]

A. Sadeghian, N. Iqbal

A review on dissimilar laser welding of steel-copper, steel-aluminum, aluminum-copper, and steel-nickel for electric vehicle battery manufacturing

Opt. Laser Technol., 146 (2022), Article 107595

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[9]

M.J. Brand, P.A. Schmidt, M.F. Zaeh, A. Jossen

Welding techniques for battery cells and resulting electrical contact resistances

J. Storage Mater., 1 (2015), pp. 7-14

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[10]

M. Jarwitz, F. Fetzer, R. Weber, T. Graf

Weld seam geometry and electrical resistance of laser-welded, aluminum-copper dissimilar joints produced with spatial beam oscillation

Metals, 8 (7) (2018), p. 510 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[11]S. Smith, J. Blackburn, M. Gittos, P. de Bono, and P. Hilton, “Welding of dissimilar metallic materials using a scanned laser beam,” in International Congress on Applications of Lasers & Electro-Optics, 2013, vol. 2013, no. 1: Laser Institute of America, pp. 493-502.

Google Scholar[12]

P. Schmitz, J.B. Habedank, M.F. Zaeh

Spike laser welding for the electrical connection of cylindrical lithium-ion batteries

J. Laser Appl., 30 (1) (2018), Article 012004 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[13]

P. Kah, C. Vimalraj, J. Martikainen, R. Suoranta

Factors influencing Al-Cu weld properties by intermetallic compound formation

Int. J. Mech. Mater. Eng., 10 (1) (2015), pp. 1-13

Google Scholar[14]

Z. Lei, X. Zhang, J. Liu, P. Li

Interfacial microstructure and reaction mechanism with various weld fillers on laser welding-brazing of Al/Cu lap joint

J. Manuf. Process., 67 (2021), pp. 226-240

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[15]

T. Solchenbach, P. Plapper

Mechanical characteristics of laser braze-welded aluminium–copper connections

Opt. Laser Technol., 54 (2013), pp. 249-256

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[16]

T. Solchenbach, P. Plapper, W. Cai

Electrical performance of laser braze-welded aluminum–copper interconnects

J. Manuf. Process., 16 (2) (2014), pp. 183-189

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[17]

S.J. Lee, H. Nakamura, Y. Kawahito, S. Katayama

Effect of welding speed on microstructural and mechanical properties of laser lap weld joints in dissimilar Al and Cu sheets

Sci. Technol. Weld. Join., 19 (2) (2014), pp. 111-118

Google Scholar[18]

Z. Xue, S. Hu, D. Zuo, W. Cai, D. Lee, K.-A. Elijah Jr

Molten pool characterization of laser lap welded copper and aluminum

J. Phys. D Appl. Phys., 46 (49) (2013), Article 495501 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[19]

S. Zhao, G. Yu, X. He, Y. Zhang, W. Ning

Numerical simulation and experimental investigation of laser overlap welding of Ti6Al4V and 42CrMo

J. Mater. Process. Technol., 211 (3) (2011), pp. 530-537

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[20]

W. Huang, H. Wang, T. Rinker, W. Tan

Investigation of metal mixing in laser keyhole welding of dissimilar metals

Mater. Des., 195 (2020), Article 109056

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[21]

E. Kaiser, G. Ambrosy, E. Papastathopoulos

Welding strategies for joining copper and aluminum by fast oscillating, high quality laser beam

High-Power Laser Materials Processing: Applications, Diagnostics, and Systems IX, vol. 11273, International Society for Optics and Photonics (2020), p. 112730C

View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[22]

V. Dimatteo, A. Ascari, A. Fortunato

Continuous laser welding with spatial beam oscillation of dissimilar thin sheet materials (Al-Cu and Cu-Al): Process optimization and characterization

J. Manuf. Process., 44 (2019), pp. 158-165

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[23]

V. Dimatteo, A. Ascari, E. Liverani, A. Fortunato

Experimental investigation on the effect of spot diameter on continuous-wave laser welding of copper and aluminum thin sheets for battery manufacturing

Opt. Laser Technol., 145 (2022), Article 107495

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[24]

D. Wu, X. Hua, F. Li, L. Huang

Understanding of spatter formation in fiber laser welding of 5083 aluminum alloy

Int. J. Heat Mass Transf., 113 (2017), pp. 730-740

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[25]

R. Ducharme, K. Williams, P. Kapadia, J. Dowden, B. Steen, M. Glowacki

The laser welding of thin metal sheets: an integrated keyhole and weld pool model with supporting experiments

J. Phys. D Appl. Phys., 27 (8) (1994), p. 1619 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[26]

C.W. Hirt, B.D. Nichols

Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries

J. Comput. Phys., 39 (1) (1981), pp. 201-225

ArticleDownload PDFGoogle Scholar[27]

W. Piekarska, M. Kubiak

Three-dimensional model for numerical analysis of thermal phenomena in laser–arc hybrid welding process

Int. J. Heat Mass Transf., 54 (23–24) (2011), pp. 4966-4974

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[28]J. Zhou, H.-L. Tsai, and P.-C. Wang, “Transport phenomena and keyhole dynamics during pulsed laser welding,” 2006.

Google Scholar[29]

D. Harrison, D. Yan, S. Blairs

The surface tension of liquid copper

J. Chem. Thermodyn., 9 (12) (1977), pp. 1111-1119

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[30]

M. Leitner, T. Leitner, A. Schmon, K. Aziz, G. Pottlacher

Thermophysical properties of liquid aluminum

Metall. Mater. Trans. A, 48 (6) (2017), pp. 3036-3045 View PDF

This article is free to access.

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[31]

H.-C. Tran, Y.-L. Lo

Systematic approach for determining optimal processing parameters to produce parts with high density in selective laser melting process

Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol., 105 (10) (2019), pp. 4443-4460 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[32]A. Ascari, A. Fortunato, E. Liverani, and A. Lutey, “Application of different pulsed laser sources to dissimilar welding of Cu and Al alloys,” in Proceedings of Lasers in Manufacturing Conference (LIM), 2019.

Google Scholar[33]

A. Fortunato, A. Ascari

Laser welding of thin copper and aluminum sheets: feasibility and challenges in continuous-wave welding of dissimilar metals

Lasers in Manufacturing and Materials Processing, 6 (2) (2019), pp. 136-157 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[34]

A. Boucherit, M.-N. Avettand-Fènoël, R. Taillard

Effect of a Zn interlayer on dissimilar FSSW of Al and Cu

Mater. Des., 124 (2017), pp. 87-99

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[35]

N. Kumar, I. Masters, A. Das

In-depth evaluation of laser-welded similar and dissimilar material tab-to-busbar electrical interconnects for electric vehicle battery pack

J. Manuf. Process., 70 (2021), pp. 78-96

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[36]

M. Abbasi, A.K. Taheri, M. Salehi

Growth rate of intermetallic compounds in Al/Cu bimetal produced by cold roll welding process

J. Alloy. Compd., 319 (1–2) (2001), pp. 233-241

ArticleDownload PDFGoogle Scholar[37]

D. Zuo, S. Hu, J. Shen, Z. Xue

Intermediate layer characterization and fracture behavior of laser-welded copper/aluminum metal joints

Mater. Des., 58 (2014), pp. 357-362

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[38]

S. Yan, Y. Shi

Influence of Ni interlayer on microstructure and mechanical properties of laser welded joint of Al/Cu bimetal

J. Manuf. Process., 59 (2020), pp. 343-354

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[39]

S. Yan, Y. Shi

Influence of laser power on microstructure and mechanical property of laser-welded Al/Cu dissimilar lap joints

J. Manuf. Process., 45 (2019), pp. 312-321

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar

Fig. 1. Schematic of lap welding for 6061/5182 aluminum alloys.

알루미늄 합금 겹침 용접 중 용접 형성, 용융 흐름 및 입자 구조에 대한 사인파 발진 레이저 빔의 영향

린 첸 가오 양 미시 옹 장 춘밍 왕
Lin Chen , Gaoyang Mi , Xiong Zhang , Chunming Wang *
중국 우한시 화중과학기술대학 재료공학부, 430074

Effects of sinusoidal oscillating laser beam on weld formation, melt flow and grain structure during aluminum alloys lap welding

Abstract

A numerical model of 1.5 mm 6061/5182 aluminum alloys thin sheets lap joints under laser sinusoidal oscillation (sine) welding and laser welding (SLW) weld was developed to simulate temperature distribution and melt flow. Unlike the common energy distribution of SLW, the sinusoidal oscillation of laser beam greatly homogenized the energy distribution and reduced the energy peak. The energy peaks were located at both sides of the sine weld, resulting in the tooth-shaped sectional formation. This paper illustrated the effect of the temperature gradient (G) and solidification rate (R) on the solidification microstructure by simulation. Results indicated that the center of the sine weld had a wider area with low G/R, promoting the formation of a wider equiaxed grain zone, and the columnar grains were slenderer because of greater GR. The porosity-free and non-penetration welds were obtained by the laser sinusoidal oscillation. The reasons were that the molten pool volume was enlarged, the volume proportion of keyhole was reduced and the turbulence in the molten pool was gentled, which was observed by the high-speed imaging and simulation results of melt flow. The tensile test of both welds showed a tensile fracture form along the fusion line, and the tensile strength of sine weld was significantly better than that of the SLW weld. This was because that the wider equiaxed grain area reduced the tendency of cracks and the finer grain size close to the fracture location. Defect-free and excellent welds are of great significance to the new energy vehicles industry.

온도 분포 및 용융 흐름을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 레이저 사인파 진동 (사인) 용접 및 레이저 용접 (SLW) 용접에서 1.5mm 6061/5182 알루미늄 합금 박판 랩 조인트 의 수치 모델이 개발되었습니다. SLW의 일반적인 에너지 분포와 달리 레이저 빔의 사인파 진동은 에너지 분포를 크게 균질화하고 에너지 피크를 줄였습니다. 에너지 피크는 사인 용접의 양쪽에 위치하여 톱니 모양의 단면이 형성되었습니다. 이 논문은 온도 구배(G)와 응고 속도 의 영향을 설명했습니다.(R) 시뮬레이션에 의한 응고 미세 구조. 결과는 사인 용접의 중심이 낮은 G/R로 더 넓은 영역을 가짐으로써 더 넓은 등축 결정립 영역의 형성을 촉진하고 더 큰 GR로 인해 주상 결정립 이 더 가늘다는 것을 나타냅니다. 다공성 및 비관통 용접은 레이저 사인파 진동에 의해 얻어졌습니다. 그 이유는 용융 풀의 부피가 확대되고 열쇠 구멍의 부피 비율이 감소하며 용융 풀의 난류가 완만해졌기 때문이며, 이는 용융 흐름의 고속 이미징 및 시뮬레이션 결과에서 관찰되었습니다. 두 용접부 의 인장시험 은 융착선을 따라 인장파괴형태를인장강도사인 용접의 경우 SLW 용접보다 훨씬 우수했습니다. 이는 등축 결정립 영역이 넓을수록 균열 경향이 감소하고 파단 위치에 근접한 입자 크기가 미세 하기 때문입니다. 결함이 없고 우수한 용접은 신에너지 자동차 산업에 매우 중요합니다.

Fig. 1. Schematic of lap welding for 6061/5182 aluminum alloys.
Fig. 1. Schematic of lap welding for 6061/5182 aluminum alloys.
Fig. 2. Finite element mesh.
Fig. 2. Finite element mesh.
Fig. 3. Weld morphologies of cross-section and upper surface for the two welds: (a) sine pattern weld; (b) SLW weld.
Fig. 3. Weld morphologies of cross-section and upper surface for the two welds: (a) sine pattern weld; (b) SLW weld.
Fig. 4. Calculation of laser energy distribution: (a)-(c) sine pattern weld; (d)-(f) SLW weld.
Fig. 4. Calculation of laser energy distribution: (a)-(c) sine pattern weld; (d)-(f) SLW weld.
Fig. 5. The partially melted region of zone A.
Fig. 5. The partially melted region of zone A.
Fig. 6. The simulated profiles of melted region for the two welds: (a) SLW weld; (b) sine pattern weld.
Fig. 6. The simulated profiles of melted region for the two welds: (a) SLW weld; (b) sine pattern weld.
Fig. 7. The temperature field simulation results of cross section for sine pattern weld.
Fig. 7. The temperature field simulation results of cross section for sine pattern weld.
Fig. 8. Dynamic behavior of the molten pool at the same time interval of 0.004 s within one oscillating period: (a) SLW weld; (b) sine pattern weld.
Fig. 8. Dynamic behavior of the molten pool at the same time interval of 0.004 s within one oscillating period: (a) SLW weld; (b) sine pattern weld.
Fig. 9. The temperature field and flow field of the molten pool for the SLW weld: (a)~(f) t = 80 ms~100 ms.
Fig. 9. The temperature field and flow field of the molten pool for the SLW weld: (a)~(f) t = 80 ms~100 ms.
Fig. 10. The temperature field and flow field of the molten pool for the sine pattern weld: (a)~(f) t = 151 ms~171 ms.
Fig. 10. The temperature field and flow field of the molten pool for the sine pattern weld: (a)~(f) t = 151 ms~171 ms.
Fig. 11. The evolution of the molten pool volume and keyhole depth within one period.
Fig. 11. The evolution of the molten pool volume and keyhole depth within one period.
Fig. 12. The X-ray inspection results for the two welds: (a) SLW weld, (b) sine pattern weld.
Fig. 12. The X-ray inspection results for the two welds: (a) SLW weld, (b) sine pattern weld.
Fig. 13. Comparison of the solidification parameters for sine and SLW patterns: (a) the temperature field simulated results of the molten pool upper surfaces; (b) temperature gradient G and solidification rate R along the molten pool boundary isotherm from weld centerline to the fusion boundary; (c) G/R; (d) GR.
Fig. 13. Comparison of the solidification parameters for sine and SLW patterns: (a) the temperature field simulated results of the molten pool upper surfaces; (b) temperature gradient G and solidification rate R along the molten pool boundary isotherm from weld centerline to the fusion boundary; (c) G/R; (d) GR.
Fig. 14. The EBSD results of equiaxed grain zone in the weld center of: (a) sine pattern weld; (b) SLW weld; (c) grain size.
Fig. 14. The EBSD results of equiaxed grain zone in the weld center of: (a) sine pattern weld; (b) SLW weld; (c) grain size.
Fig. 15. (a) EBSD results of horizontal sections of SLW weld and sine pattern weld; (b) The columnar crystal widths of SLW weld and sine pattern weld.
Fig. 15. (a) EBSD results of horizontal sections of SLW weld and sine pattern weld; (b) The columnar crystal widths of SLW weld and sine pattern weld.
Fig. 16. (a) The tensile test results of the two welds; (b) Fracture location of SLW weld; (b) Fracture location of sine pattern weld.
Fig. 16. (a) The tensile test results of the two welds; (b) Fracture location of SLW weld; (b) Fracture location of sine pattern weld.

Keywords

Laser welding, Sinusoidal oscillating, Energy distribution, Numerical simulation, Molten pool flow, Grain structure

References

Chen, X., 2014. Study on laser-MAG Hybrid Weaving Welding Charateristics. Master
thesis. Harbin Institute of Technology, China.
Chen, G., Wang, B., Mao, S., Zhong, P., He, J., 2019. Research on the “∞”-shaped laser
scanning welding process for aluminum alloy. Opt. Laser Technol. 115, 32–41.
Cho, W.-I., Na, S.-J., Cho, M.-H., Lee, J.-S., 2010. Numerical study of alloying element
distribution in CO2 laser–GMA hybrid welding. Comput. Mater. Sci. 49, 792–800.
Cho, W.-I., Na, S.-J., Thomy, C., Vollertsen, F., 2012. Numerical simulation of molten
pool dynamics in high power disk laser welding. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 212,
262–275.
Das, A., Butterworth, I., Masters, I., Williams, D., 2018. Microstructure and mechanical
properties of gap-bridged remote laser welded (RLW) automotive grade AA 5182
joints. Mater. Charact. 145, 697–712.
Fetzer, F., Sommer, M., Weber, R., Weberpals, J.-P., Graf, T., 2018. Reduction of pores by
means of laser beam oscillation during remote welding of AlMgSi. Opt. Lasers Eng.
108, 68–77.
Geng, S., Jiang, P., Shao, X., Guo, L., Gao, X., 2020. Heat transfer and fluid flow and their
effects on the solidification microstructure in full-penetration laser welding of
aluminum sheet. J. Mater. Sci. Technol. 46, 50–63.
Hagenlocher, C., Sommer, M., Fetzer, F., Weber, R., Graf, T., 2018a. Optimization of the
solidification conditions by means of beam oscillation during laser beam welding of
aluminum. Mater. Des. 160, 1178–1185.
Hagenlocher, C., Weller, D., Weber, R., Graf, T., 2018b. Reduction of the hot cracking
susceptibility of laser beam welds in AlMgSi alloys by increasing the number of grain
boundaries. Sci. Technol. Weld. Join. 24, 313–319.
Hagenlocher, C., Fetzer, F., Weller, D., Weber, R., Graf, T., 2019. Explicit analytical
expressions for the influence of welding parameters on the grain structure of laser
beam welds in aluminium alloys. Mater. Des. 174, 107791.
Han, X., Tang, X., Wang, T., Shao, C., Lu, F., Cui, H., 2018. Role of ambient pressure in
keyhole dynamics based on beam transmission path method for laser welding on Al
alloy. Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 99, 1639–1651.
Hao, K., Li, G., Gao, M., Zeng, X., 2015. Weld formation mechanism of fiber laser
oscillating welding of austenitic stainless steel. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 225,
77–83.
Hirt, C.W., Nichols, B.D., 1981. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free
boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 39, 201–225.
Jiang, Z., Chen, X., Li, H., Lei, Z., Chen, Y., Wu, S., Wang, Y., 2020. Grain refinement and
laser energy distribution during laser oscillating welding of Invar alloy. Mater. Des.
186, 108195.
Kaplan, A., 1994. A model of deep penetration laser welding based on calculation of the
keyhole profile. J. Phys. D Appl. Phys. 27, 1805–1814.
Kou, S., 2002. Welding Metallurgy, 2nd ed. Wiley-Interscience, New Jersey, USA.
Kuryntsev, S.V., Gilmutdinov, A.K., 2015. The effect of laser beam wobbling mode in
welding process for structural steels. Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 81, 1683–1691.
Li, P., Nie, F., Dong, H., Li, S., Yang, G., Zhang, H., 2018. Pulse MIG welding of 6061-T6/
A356-T6 aluminum alloy dissimilar T-joint. J. Mater. Eng. Perform. 27, 4760–4769.
Liu, T., Mu, Z., Hu, R., Pang, S., 2019. Sinusoidal oscillating laser welding of 7075
aluminum alloy: hydrodynamics, porosity formation and optimization. Int. J. Heat
Mass Transf. 140, 346–358.
Seto, N., Katayama, S., Matsunawa, A., 2000. High-speed simultaneous observation of
plasma and keyhole behavior during high power CO2 laser welding: effect of
shielding gas on porosity formation. J. Laser Appl. 12, 245–250.
Tang, Z., Vollertsen, F., 2014. Influence of grain refinement on hot cracking in laser
welding of aluminum. Weld. World 58, 355–366.
Wang, L., Gao, M., Zhang, C., Zeng, X., 2016. Effect of beam oscillating pattern on weld
characterization of laser welding of AA6061-T6 aluminum alloy. Mater. Des. 108,
707–717.
Wang, L., Gao, M., Zeng, X., 2018. Experiment and prediction of weld morphology for
laser oscillating welding of AA6061 aluminium alloy. Sci. Technol. Weld. Join. 24,
334–341.
Yamazaki, Y., Abe, Y., Hioki, Y., Nakatani, M., Kitagawa, A., Nakata, K., 2016.
Fundamental study of narrow-gap welding with oscillation laser beam. Weld. Int. 30,
699–707.
Yuan, Z., Tu, Y., Yuan, T., Zhang, Y., Huang, Y., 2021. Size effects on mechanical
properties of pure industrial aluminum sheet for micro/meso scale plastic
deformation: experiment and modeling. J. Alloys. Compd. 859, 157752.
Zou, J., 2016. Characteristics of laser scanning welding process for 5A06 aluminum alloy
thick plate with narrow gap. Materials Processing Engineering. Harbin Welding
Institute, China. Master thesis.

Flow Field in a Sloped Channel with Damaged and Undamaged Piers: Numerical and Experimental Studies

Flow Field in a Sloped Channel with Damaged and Undamaged Piers: Numerical and Experimental Studies

Ehsan OveiciOmid Tayari & Navid Jalalkamali
KSCE Journal of Civil Engineering volume 25, pages4240–4251 (2021)Cite this article

Abstract

본 논문은 경사가 완만한 수로에서 손상되거나 손상되지 않은 교각 주변의 유동 패턴을 분석했습니다. 실험은 길이가 12m이고 기울기가 0.008인 직선 수로에서 수행되었습니다. Acoustic Doppler Velocimeter(ADV)를 이용하여 3차원 유속 데이터를 수집하였고, 그 결과를 PIV(Particle Image Velocimetry) 데이터와 분석하여 비교하였습니다.

다중 블록 옵션이 있는 취수구의 퇴적물 시뮬레이션(SSIIM)은 이 연구에서 흐름의 수치 시뮬레이션을 위해 통합되었습니다. 일반적으로 비교에서 얻은 결과는 수치 데이터와 실험 데이터 간의 적절한 일치를 나타냅니다. 결과는 모든 경우에 수로 입구에서 2m 거리에서 기복적 수압 점프가 발생했음을 보여주었습니다.

경사진 수로의 최대 베드 전단응력은 2개의 손상 및 손상되지 않은 교각을 설치하기 위한 수평 수로의 12배였습니다. 이와 같은 경사수로 교각의 위치에 따라 상류측 수위는 수평수로의 유사한 조건에 비해 72.5% 감소한 반면, 이 감소량은 경사면에서 다른 경우에 비해 8.3% 감소하였다. 채널 또한 두 교각이 있는 경우 최대 Froude 수는 수평 수로의 5.7배였습니다.

This paper analyzed the flow pattern around damaged and undamaged bridge piers in a channel with a mild slope. The experiments were carried out on a straight channel with a length of 12 meters and a slope of 0.008. Acoustic Doppler velocimeter (ADV) was employed to collect three-dimensional flow velocity data, and the results were analyzed and compared with particle image velocimetry (PIV) data. Sediment Simulation in Intakes with Multiblock option (SSIIM) was incorporated for the numerical simulation of the flow in this study. Generally, the results obtained from the comparisons referred to the appropriate agreement between the numerical and the experimental data. The results showed that an undular hydraulic jump occurred at a distance of two meters from the channel entrance in every case; the maximum bed shear stress in the sloped channel was 12 times that in a horizontal channel for installing two damaged and undamaged piers. With this position of the piers in the sloped channel, the upstream water level underwent a 72.5% reduction compared to similar conditions in a horizontal channel, while the amount of this water level decrease was equal to 8.3% compared to the other cases in a sloped channel. In addition, with the presence of both piers, the maximum Froude number was 5.7 times that in a horizontal channel.

This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

References

Download references

The Study of the effect of step penetration depth on exchanges between surface and subsurface fluxes

The Study of the effect of step penetration depth on exchanges between surface and subsurface fluxes

Authors

1 irrigation department, university of Tehran

2 Dep. of Water Engineering, Faculty of Water and Soil, Gorgan University of Agricultural Sciences and Natural Resources, Golestan.

3 Assistant Professor, Department of Irrigation and Reclamation Engineering, Faculty of Agricultural Engineering and Technology, University College of Agriculture and Natural Resources, University of Tehran, P. O. Box 4111, Karaj, 31587-77871, Iran.

Abstract

The exchange of surface and subsurface flows in riverbeds, especially upstream of control structures as an important ecological area, is very important and noteworthy. The natural morphology of rivers and various in-stream structures along the flow path are important factors in the formation of such flows. Since the in-stream structures in the flow path have a more controlled and effective role than the morphology of rivers in the formation of these exchanges, in this study the effect of the penetration depth of these structures in the porous bed on the characteristics of exchange flows through experiments and Numerical simulation has been investigated. The experiments were performed in a flume with a length of 10 m, width of 20 cm, depth of 30 cm and a slope of 0.01, for three different penetration depths. Potassium permanganate detector was used for tracking the flow. In addition, to obtain exchange flow characteristics; the mainstream and the exchange pattern were simulated by particle tracking method using Flow 3D software. The results showed that in the Reynolds range 1020 to 3450, with increasing the penetration depth of the structure from 0.09 to 0.13 m, the retention time of the exchange flow increases up to 6.6%. In addition, the length of the effect of the structure up to 9%, the length of the exchange path up to 4.6% and the penetration depth of the exchange increases up to 7.7% while the exchange rate decreases to 22%. Therefore, in order to increase the exchange rate, it is recommended to use a structure with a lower penetration depth and to increase the retention time, a structure with a greater penetration depth is recommended.

중요한 생태 지역으로서 특히 제어 구조물의 상류 하천 바닥에서 지표 및 지하 흐름의 교환은 매우 중요하고 주목할 만합니다. 하천의 자연적 형태와 유동 경로를 따라 흐르는 다양한 하천 구조는 이러한 유동 형성에 중요한 요소입니다.

흐름 경로의 유류 구조는 이러한 교환의 형성에서 강의 형태보다 더 제어되고 효과적인 역할을 하기 때문에 본 연구에서는 다공성 층에서 이러한 구조의 침투 깊이가 교환의 특성에 미치는 영향 실험과 수치 시뮬레이션을 통한 흐름이 조사되었습니다.

실험은 길이 10m, 너비 20cm, 깊이 30cm, 기울기 0.01의 수로에서 세 가지 다른 침투 깊이에 대해 수행되었습니다. 흐름을 추적하기 위해 과망간산 칼륨 검출기가 사용되었습니다. 또한, 교환 흐름 특성을 얻기 위해; Flow 3D 소프트웨어를 사용하여 입자 추적 방법으로 주류 및 교환 패턴을 시뮬레이션했습니다.

결과는 Reynolds 범위 1020 ~ 3450에서 구조물의 침투 깊이가 0.09에서 0.13m로 증가함에 따라 교환 흐름의 체류 시간이 최대 6.6%까지 증가함을 보여주었습니다. 또한 구조의 효과 길이는 최대 9%, 교환 경로의 길이는 최대 4.6%, 교환의 침투 깊이는 최대 7.7%까지 증가하는 반면 환율은 22%로 감소합니다.

따라서 환율을 높이기 위해서는 침투깊이가 낮은 구조를 사용하는 것이 좋으며, 머무름 시간을 늘리기 위해서는 침투깊이가 큰 구조를 사용하는 것이 좋습니다.

Keywords

Fig 2(b) Observed velocity field for aspect ratio 0.25(Sukhodolov 2002)

고정 베드의 불침투성 토양에서 흐름 패턴의 수치 시뮬레이션

NUMERICAL SIMULATION OF FLOW PATTERN IN SERIES OF IMPERMEABLE GROYNES IN FIXED BED

Kafle, Mukesh Raj1
1Asst. Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Institute of Engineering, Pulchowk Campus, Nepal
Email: mkafle@pcampus.edu.np

Abstract

This paper presents a numerical simulation of recirculating flow patterns in groyne fields. Moreover, it entails the concept determination of proper spacing of vertical unsubmerged and impermeable groynesin seriesto control the bank erosion. Flow pattern between the groynes varies along their space. The flow in groyne field may significantly affect the flow change, bed change, bank erosion and condition of habitat. In this regard, an assessment of flow along the space of groynes will yield important data needed to diversify the object of groyne installation. So, knowledge about determination of the proper spacing of groynes in groyne field is important. Space of vertical groynes was set from 1.5 to 10 times the length of groynes. The velocity field between groynes was simulated by using Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) model Nays 2D. Simulated velocity field was compared with existing experimentaldata for the same parameter, which agreed satisfactorily. Based on simulated results,the optimal spacing of vertical groynes to control the bank erosion was recommended.

이 논문은 groyne 필드에서 재순환 흐름 패턴의 수치 시뮬레이션을 제공합니다. 더욱이, 그것은 제방 침식을 제어하기 위해 수직 비침수 및 불침투성 그로이네신 시리즈의 적절한 간격의 개념 결정을 수반합니다. groynes 사이의 흐름 패턴은 공간에 따라 다릅니다. groyne field의 흐름은 흐름 변화, 하상 변화, 제방 침식 및 서식지 상태에 중대한 영향을 미칠 수 있습니다. 이와 관련하여, groyne 공간을 따른 흐름의 평가는 groyne 설치 대상을 다양화하는 데 필요한 중요한 데이터를 산출할 것입니다. 따라서, groyne field에서 groyne의 적절한 간격 결정에 대한 지식이 중요합니다. 수직 여백의 간격은 여아 길이의 1.5배에서 10배 사이로 설정하였다. groyne 사이의 속도장은 CFD(Computational Fluid Dynamics) 모델 Nays 2D를 사용하여 시뮬레이션되었습니다. 시뮬레이션된 속도장은 동일한 매개변수에 대해 기존 실험 데이터와 비교되었으며 만족스럽게 일치했습니다. 모의 결과를 바탕으로 제방 침식을 억제하기 위한 최적의 수직 제방 간격을 제안하였다.

  1. Introduction
    Spur dikes or groynes are used to protect river banks from erosion and also keep the channel
    navigable.Depending upon the flow characteristics, spur-dikes may be classified as submerged and unsubmerged. Also, based on the permeability, spur dikes are further classified as permeable and
    impermeable. Herein, un-submerged !impermeable spur dikes are dealt. These structures are built from the river bank into the stream flow and usually built in group. Construction of groyne against the flow causes significant changes in flow pattern in channel. Those changes may result in scour phenomenon around groynes which may lead structure instability and changes in river morphology. Moreover, in series of groynes, spacing of groynes leads different types of recirculating flow patterns.Therefore, investigating the characteristics of flow pattern around groynes have been a great interest in river engineering. Numerous researchers like Sukhodolov et al. (2002), Hao Zhang et al.(2009), Beheshti (2010), Duan (2009), Naji(2010), Karami(2011) made a variety of experiments in order to determine the flow pattern around groynes. Most of these researchers studied effect of single groyne, while using series of groynes is more effective in protection of rivers. Besides experimental studies, variety of CFD models have been developed for computing flow pattern around hydraulic structures; like Fluent, Flow 3D, Nays 2D, Nays CUBE and SSIIM. In this study, Nays 2D numerical modelling has been used to investigate flow and recirculating pattern around a series of groynes and streamlines including components of velocities.
  1. Flow pattern in groyne fields
    Under conditions where the groynes are not submerged, the groyne fields are not really part of the wetted cross section of a river. Because of that, the flow pattern in the groyne-field is not directly the result of the discharge in the main channel. Reducing the main stream velocity has no effect on the flow pattern itself, whereas lowering the water level does (Uijttewaal et al.2001). Moreover, the flow pattern inside a groyne field may change with the change of its geometry, location along the river (inner curve, outer curve, or straight part), and/ or the groynes orientation( Przedwojski et al.1995). However, there is an indirect effect of the discharge on the flow pattern in the groyne field. Because of the flow that is diverted from the main channel into the groyne fields, water flows into the groyne field with low velocity through the downstream half of the interfacial section between the groyne field and the main channel. This water flows back to the main channel through a small width of, just downstream the upstream groyne of the groyne field ( Termes et al.1991). Flow separates on a groyne head and forms a secondary flow represented by a large scale vortex with a vertical axis of rotation called primary gyre. Deflection of the flow inside the groyne field by banks and upstream groynes leads to the development of a secondary gyre with an opposite direction of rotation to the primary gyre. Location, mutual interactions, and energy exchange between gyres are the factors that create a specific recirculation pattern, and, consequently assuming correspondence with sedimentation processes, they define deposition patterns.
  2. Model Formulation
    The CFD model selected for this study is the publically available software NAYS 2D (iRIC 2.0), which is an analytical solver for calculation of unsteady two-dimensional plane flow and riverbed deformation using boundary-fitted coordinates within general curvilinear coordinates. A numerical channel of length 8.0m and width 0.9m was created with grid size of 0.01m im stream wise and 0.03m in cross stream directions. Groynes or spur dikes of length 0.15 and width 0.01m were chosen in series. Groyne field with various aspect ratio (b/x) 0.7, 0.25, 0.17, 0.125 and 0.10, where b=length of spur dike, x=spacing of two dikes. Discharge of 0.0175 m3 /s was applied. For boundary conditions, water surface at downstream and velocity at upstream were considered as uniform flow. Relaxation coefficient for water surface calculation was considered as 0.8. For the finite-difference method, the CIP method was applied to the advection terms in equations of motion. For the turbulent field calculation, Constant eddy viscosity, Zero-equation model and k-G models were applied and compared. The model!s accuracy in predicting the velocity magnitudes is evaluated using statistical parameters- mean absolute error (MAE), mean square error(MSE), and root mean square error (RMSE). The comparison of results shows the importance of selecting an appropriate turbulence model in simulating flow field around a spur dike. From the comparison, k-I model is found superior over zero energy model and eddy viscosity model. So, k-I model is chosen as appropriate turbulence closure model.
  3. Model!s Validation
    The capability of CFD model Nays 2D to simulate the velocity field and recirculation pattern in groyne field was compared with experimental data of laboratory experiments by Sukhodolov et al. (2002). The numerical simulation was validated for aspect ratio (R=b/x=0.7) and R=0.25. For aspect ratio R=0.7, one gyre system occupies the whole area of the groyne field. The areas with lower-than-average velocity values are clearly seen in the central part of the gyre and near its corners. Velocities increase towards the margins of the gyre. For aspect ratio R=0.25, two gyre velocity fields were observed in the groyne field. In the downstream part of the groyne field a large gyre, covering two-thirds of the area is clearly visible. The left part(upstream) contains second gyre rotating much more slowly and in the direction opposed to the primary gyre. The simulated and observed velocity field pattern and gyre found satisfactorily agreed. Now, after validation, the model was used for further analysis of velocity field for various aspect ratios.
Fig 2(b) Observed velocity field for aspect ratio 0.25(Sukhodolov 2002)
Fig 2(b) Observed velocity field for aspect ratio 0.25(Sukhodolov 2002)
  1. Results and Discussions
    The calibrated model was applied to five different cases of un-submerged and impermeable groyne fields with aspect ratios R=0.70,0.25,0.17,0.125 & 0.10 and flow pattern was numerically simulated. For aspect ratio R=0.7 i.e x/b=1.5, Fig 1(a) only one lateral primary gyre was formed inside the groyne field. The circulation pattern in this case is distinguished by the main flow that is deflected outside the groyne field. The developed primary gyre prevents the main flow from penetrating the groyne field. Therefore, this pattern is desirable for navigation purposes as a continuous deep channel is maintained along the face of the groyne field. Simulated velocity pattern satisfactorily agrees with the observed velocity field Fig 1(b) for the same aspect ratio by Sukhodolov (2002). The spacing of the groyne was further increased maintaining aspect ratio R= 0.25 i. e x/b=4 Fig 2(a) and flow pattern inside the groyne field was simulated. In this case, in the downstream part of the groyne field, a primary gyre occupying almost two-third area was formed. In addition, deflection of the flow inside the groyne field by banks and upstream groynes leads to the development of a secondary gyre with an opposite direction of rotation to the primary gyre covering almost one-third part of the groyne field. Likewise in the first case, the main current is maintained deflected outside the groyne field. Simulated velocity pattern satisfactorily agrees with the observed velocity field Fig 2(b) for the same aspect ratio by Sukhodolov (2002). The spacing of the groyne was further increased maintaining aspect ratio R=0.17 i.e x/b=6. In this case the flow pattern was similar to the aspect ratio R=0.25. The spacing of the groynes was further increased maintaining aspect ratio R=0.125 i. e x/b=8. In this case, similar to the previous scenarios two longitudinal gyres but with different positions are formed. The main current is directed in to the groyne field (Fig 3) creating a much more stronger eddy near the upstream groyne and greater turbulence along the upstream face and at the groyne lower head. As the spacing between groynes increased maintaining aspect ratio R=0.10 i. e x/b=10 (Fig 4), still primary and secondary gyres are generated. The formed gyres deflect the main flow thus preventing to enter in to the groyne field in upstream part. However, in the downstream of the primary gyre and just upstream of the second groyne, the flow attacks the bank directly. The resultant velocity profiles at the deflected region y/b=3 were plotted and how the spacing of second groyne affect the result was analyzed. Spacing of groynes makes little change in upstream resultant velocity. However, in the deflected region, its effect is significant. Higher value of spacing of groyne leads higher average deviation in resultant velocity. For aspect ratio R=0.7, the average deviation estimated as 0.02%. In the case of aspect ratio R=0.25, this value was reached to 1.57%. Further increment of spacing i. e decreasing the aspect ratio R=0.17, average deviation was found 3.82%. For the aspect ratio R=0.125, that value was estimated as 4.16%.
  2. Conclusions
    Geometry of the groyne fields; width and length of the groyne field mainly cause the specific flow patterns including number and shape of eddies or gyres. Eddies developed inside the groyne field deflects the main flow preventing it entering into the dead zone. An aspect ratio close to unity gives rise to a single eddy. A smaller aspect ratio (higher spacing between groynes) gives room to two stationary eddies, a large one called primary eddy, in the downstream part of the groyne field, and a smaller secondary eddy emerges near the upstream groyne. The extreme long groyne field -case of length to width ratio of larger thaneight shows penetration of main flow into the groyne field. The two eddies remain in a relatively stable position, while the main flow zone starts to penetrate into groyne field further downstream. In all cases, there is an eddy detaches from the upstream groyne tip that travels along the main channel groyne field interface and eventually merges with the primary eddy. The simulated results indicate that the spacing of groynes or spur dikes from the controlling of bank erosion point of view should be limited within six times the length of groyne.
Fig 3 Computed velocity field for aspect ratio 0.125
Fig 3 Computed velocity field for aspect ratio 0.125
Fig 4 Computed velocity field for aspect ratio 0.10
Fig 4 Computed velocity field for aspect ratio 0.10
Fig 5 Resultant velocity profiles at y/b=3
Fig 5 Resultant velocity profiles at y/b=3
Fig 5 Resultant velocity profiles at y/b=3
Fig 5 Resultant velocity profiles at y/b=3

References

  1. Holtz, K.P  Numerical simulation of recirculating flow at groynes.Å Computer Methods in Water Resources, Vol 2, No 2 (1991).
  2. Hossein, Bassar; Abdollah, Ardeshir; Hojat, Karami.  Numerical simulation of flow pattern around spur dikes series in rigid bed.Å 9th international congress on civil engineering, May 8- 10,2012, Isfahan University of Technology (IUT) , Isfahan, Iran (2012).
  3. Kang, J.G; Yeo, H.K; Kim,S.J An experimental study on a characteristics of flow around groyne area by install conditions.Å www.SciRP.org/journal/eng(2012).
  4. Shimizu,Y; Nelson,JIntroduction of Nays solver in iRIC.Åwww.i-ric.org(2012).
  5. Sukhodolov, A. Uijttewaal, W. S. J., and Engelhardt, C. On the correspondence between morphological and hydro dynamical patterns of groyne fields.Å Earth Surf. Processes Landforms, 27(3) (2002).
  6. Uijttewall, W.S.J; Lehman,D; VanMazijk,A.  Exchange process between a river and its groyne fields-model experiments.Å Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 127(11) (2001).
  7. Uijttewall, W.S.J Groyne field velocity patterns determined with particle tracking
    velocimetryÅ.28th IAHR congress, Graz, Austria (1999).
  8. Yossef, Mohamed  Flow details near groynes: Experimental investigations.Å Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 137 (2011).
Fig. 3. Experimental angled top-view setup for laser welding of zinc-coated steel with a laser illumination.

Effect of zinc vapor forces on spattering in partial penetration laser welding of zinc-coated steels

Yu Hao a, Nannan Chen a,b, Hui-Ping Wang c,*, Blair E. Carlson c, Fenggui Lu a,*
a Shanghai Key Laboratory of Materials Laser Processing and Modification, School of Materials Science and Engineering, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai,
200240, PR China b Department of Industrial and Manufacturing Eng

ABSTRACT

A three-dimensional thermal-fluid numerical model considering zinc vapor interaction with the molten pool was developed to study the occurrence of zinc vapor-induced spatter in partial penetration laser overlap welding of zinc-coated steels. The zinc vapor effect was represented by two forces: a jet pressure force acting on the keyhole rear wall as the vapor bursts into the keyhole and a drag force on the upper keyhole wall as the vapor escapes upwards. The numerical model was calibrated by comparing the predicted keyhole shape with the keyhole shape observed by high-speed X-ray imaging and applied for various weld schedules. The study showed that large jet pressure forces induced violent fluctuations of the keyhole rear wall, resulting in an unstable keyhole and turbulent melt flow. A large drag force pushed the melt adjacent to the keyhole surface upward and accelerated the movement of the melt whose velocities reached 1 m/s or even higher, potentially inducing spatter. Increased heat input facilitated the occurrence of large droplets of spatter, which agreed with experimental observations captured by high-speed camera.

아연도금강의 부분용입 레이저 겹침용접에서 아연증기유도 스패터의 발생을 연구하기 위하여 용융풀과의 아연증기 상호작용을 고려한 3차원 열유체 수치모델을 개발하였습니다.

아연 증기 효과는 증기가 열쇠 구멍으로 폭발할 때 키홀 뒤쪽 벽에 작용하는 제트 압력력과 증기가 위쪽으로 빠져나갈 때 위쪽 키홀 벽에 작용하는 항력의 두 가지 힘으로 표시됩니다.

수치 모델은 예측된 열쇠 구멍 모양과 고속 X선 영상으로 관찰된 키홀 모양을 비교하여 보정하고 다양한 용접 일정에 적용했습니다.

이 연구는 큰 제트 압력이 키홀 뒷벽의 격렬한 변동을 유발하여 불안정한 열쇠 구멍과 난류 용융 흐름을 초래한다는 것을 보여주었습니다. 큰 항력은 키홀 표면에 인접한 용융물을 위로 밀어올리고 속도가 1m/s 이상에 도달한 용융물의 이동을 가속화하여 잠재적으로 스패터를 유발할 수 있습니다.

증가된 열 입력은 고속 카메라로 포착한 실험적 관찰과 일치하는 큰 방울의 스패터 발생을 촉진했습니다.

Fig. 1. Schematic of zero-gap laser welding of zinc-coated steel.
Fig. 1. Schematic of zero-gap laser welding of zinc-coated steel.
Fig. 2. Experimental setup for capturing a side view of the laser welding of zinc-coated steel enabled by use of high-temperature glass.
Fig. 2. Experimental setup for capturing a side view of the laser welding of zinc-coated steel enabled by use of high-temperature glass.
Fig. 3. Experimental angled top-view setup for laser welding of zinc-coated steel with a laser illumination.
Fig. 3. Experimental angled top-view setup for laser welding of zinc-coated steel with a laser illumination.
Fig. 4. Schematic of the rotating Gaussian body heat source.
Fig. 4. Schematic of the rotating Gaussian body heat source.
Fig. 5. Schematic of jet pressure force caused by zinc vapor: (a) locating the outlet of zinc vapor (point A), (b) schematic of assigning the jet pressure force.
Fig. 5. Schematic of jet pressure force caused by zinc vapor: (a) locating the outlet of zinc vapor (point A), (b) schematic of assigning the jet pressure force.
Fig. 6. Schematic of drag force caused by zinc vapor.
Fig. 6. Schematic of drag force caused by zinc vapor.
Fig. 7. Procedure for calculating the outgassing velocity of zinc vapor.
Fig. 7. Procedure for calculating the outgassing velocity of zinc vapor.
Fig. 8. Schematic related to calculating the zone of vaporized zinc.
Fig. 8. Schematic related to calculating the zone of vaporized zinc.
Fig. 9. The meshed domains for the thermal-fluid simulation of laser welding.
Fig. 9. The meshed domains for the thermal-fluid simulation of laser welding.
Fig. 10. The calculated temperature field and validation: (a) 3-D temperature field; (b)-(f) Comparison of experimental and simulated weld cross section: (b) P = 2000 W, v = 50 mm/s; (c) P = 2500 W, v = 50 mm/s; (d) P = 3000 W, v = 50 mm/s; (e) P = 3000 W, v = 60 mm/s; (f) P = 3000 W, v = 70 mm/s.
Fig. 10. The calculated temperature field and validation: (a) 3-D temperature field; (b)-(f) Comparison of experimental and simulated weld cross section: (b) P = 2000 W, v = 50 mm/s; (c) P = 2500 W, v = 50 mm/s; (d) P = 3000 W, v = 50 mm/s; (e) P = 3000 W, v = 60 mm/s; (f) P = 3000 W, v = 70 mm/s.
Fig. 11. Comparison of X-Ray images of in-process keyhole profiles and the numerical predictions: (a) Single sheet penetration (P = 480 W, v = 150 mm/s); (b) Two sheet penetration (P = 532 W, v = 150 mm/s).
Fig. 11. Comparison of X-Ray images of in-process keyhole profiles and the numerical predictions: (a) Single sheet penetration (P = 480 W, v = 150 mm/s); (b) Two sheet penetration (P = 532 W, v = 150 mm/s).
Fig. 12. High-speed images of dynamic keyhole in laser welding of steels: (a) without zinc coating (b) with zinc coating.
Fig. 12. High-speed images of dynamic keyhole in laser welding of steels: (a) without zinc coating (b) with zinc coating.
Fig. 13. Mass loss and molten pool observation under different laser power and welding velocity for 1.2 mm + 1.2 mm HDG 420LA stack-up
Fig. 13. Mass loss and molten pool observation under different laser power and welding velocity for 1.2 mm + 1.2 mm HDG 420LA stack-up
Fig. 14. Numerical results of keyhole and flow field in molten pool: (a) without zinc vapor forces, (b) with zinc vapor forces.
Fig. 14. Numerical results of keyhole and flow field in molten pool: (a) without zinc vapor forces, (b) with zinc vapor forces.
Fig. 18. Calculated velocity fields for different welding parameters: (a) P = 2 kW, v = 50 mm/s, (b) P = 2.5 kW, v = 50 mm/s, (c) P = 3 kW, v = 50 mm/s, (d) P = 3 kW, v = 60 mm/s, (e) P = 3 kW, v = 70 mm/s.
Fig. 18. Calculated velocity fields for different welding parameters: (a) P = 2 kW, v = 50 mm/s, (b) P = 2.5 kW, v = 50 mm/s, (c) P = 3 kW, v = 50 mm/s, (d) P = 3 kW, v = 60 mm/s, (e) P = 3 kW, v = 70 mm/s.
Fig. 19. Schematic of the generation of spatter in different sizes: (a) small size, (b) large size.
Fig. 19. Schematic of the generation of spatter in different sizes: (a) small size, (b) large size.

References

Ai, Y., Jiang, P., Wang, C., et al., 2018. Experimental and numerical analysis of molten
pool and keyhole profile during high-power deep-penetration laser welding. Int. J.
Heat Mass Transf. 126 (part-A), 779–789.
Chen, Z., Yang, S., Wang, C., et al., 2014. A study of fiber laser welding of galvanized
steel using a suction method. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214 (7), 1456–1465.
Cho, W.I., Na, S.J., Thomy, C., et al., 2012. Numerical simulation of molten pool
dynamics in high power disk laser welding. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 212 (1),
262–275.
Deng, S., Wang, H.P., Lu, F., et al., 2019. Investigation of spatter occurrence in remote
laser spiral welding of zinc-coated steels. Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 140 (9), 269–280.
Fabbro, R., Coste, F., Goebels, D., et al., 2006. Study of CW Nd-Yag laser welding of Zncoated steel sheets. J. Phys. D Appl. Phys. 39 (2), 401.
Gao, Z., Wu, Y., Huang, J., 2009. Analysis of weld pool dynamic during stationary
laser–MIG hybrid welding. Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 44 (9), 870–879.
Kaplan, A., 1994. A model of deep penetration laser welding based on calculation of the
keyhole profile. J. Phys. D Appl. Phys. 27 (9), 1805.
Kim, J., Oh, S., Ki, H., 2015. A study of keyhole geometry in laser welding of zinc-coated
and uncoated steels using a coaxial observation method. J. Mater. Process. Technol.
225, 451–462.
Kim, J., Oh, S., Ki, H., 2016. Effect of keyhole geometry and dynamics in zero-gap laser
welding of zinc-coated steel sheets. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 232, 131–141.
Koch, H., KaGeler, C., Otto, A., et al., 2011. Analysis of welding zinc coated steel sheets
in zero gap configuration by 3D simulations and high-speed imaging. Phys. Procedia
12 (part-B), 428–436.
Kouraytem, N., Li, X., Cunningham, R., et al., 2019. Effect of laser-matter interaction on
molten pool flow and keyhole dynamics. Phys. Rev. Appl. 11 (6), 54–64.
Li, S., Chen, G., Katayama, S., et al., 2014. Relationship between spatter formation and
dynamic molten pool during high-power deep-penetration laser welding. Appl. Surf.
Sci. 303 (6), 481–488.
Ma, J., 2013. Experimental and Numerical Studies on the Issues in Laser Welding of
Galvanized High-Strength Dual-Phase Steels in a Zero-Gap Lap Joint Configuration,
PhD Thesis. Southern Methodist University.
Pan, Y., 2011. Laser Welding of Zinc Coated Steel Without a Pre-Set Gap, PhD Thesis.
Delft University of Technology.
Schmidt, M., Otto, A., 2008. Analysis of YAG laser lap-welding of zinc coated steel sheets.
CIRP Ann. Manuf. Technol. 57, 213–216.
Semak, V., Matsunawa, A., 1999. The role of recoil pressure in energy balance during
laser materials processing. J. Phys. D Appl. Phys. 30 (18), 2541.
Wu, S., Zhao, H., Wang, Y., Zhang, X., 2004. A new heat source model in numerical
simulation of high energy beam welding. Trans. China Weld. 21, 99–102.
Yaws, C.L., 2015. The Yaws Handbook of Vapor Pressure: Antoine Coefficients.
Zhou, J., Tsai, H.L., 2008. Modeling of transport phenomena in hybrid laser-MIG keyhole
welding. Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 51 (17–18), 4353–4366.

Figure 2: Temperature contours and melt pool border lines at different times for the 50 % duty cycle case: (a) - (c) Δtcycle = 400 μs, (d) – (f) Δtcycle = 1000 μs and (g) – (i) Δtcycle = 3000 μs.

MULTIPHYSICS SIMULATION OF THEMRAL AND FLUID DYNAMICS PHENOMENA DURING THE PULSED LASER POWDER BED FUSION PROCESS OF 316-L STEEL

M. Bayat* , V. K. Nadimpalli, J. H. Hattel
1Department of Mechanical Engineering, Technical University of Denmark (DTU), Produktionstorvet
425, Kgs. 2800, Lyngby, Denmark

ABSTRACT

L-PBF(Laser Powder Bed Fusion)는 다양한 산업 분야에서 많은 관심을 받았으며, 주로 기존 제조 기술을 사용하여 만들 수 없었던 복잡한 토폴로지 최적화 구성 요소를 구현하는 잘 알려진 능력 덕분입니다. . 펄스 L-PBF(PL-PBF)에서 레이저의 시간적 프로파일은 주기 지속 시간과 듀티 주기 중 하나 또는 둘 다를 수정하여 변조할 수 있습니다. 따라서 레이저의 시간적 프로파일은 향후 적용을 위해 이 프로세스를 더 잘 제어할 수 있는 길을 열어주는 새로운 프로세스 매개변수로 간주될 수 있습니다. 따라서 이 작업에서 우리는 레이저의 시간적 프로파일을 변경하는 것이 PL-PBF 공정에서 용융 풀 조건과 트랙의 최종 모양 및 형상에 어떻게 영향을 미칠 수 있는지 조사하는 것을 목표로 합니다. 이와 관련하여 본 논문에서는 CFD(Computational Fluid Dynamics) 소프트웨어 패키지인 Flow-3D를 기반으로 하는 316-L 스테인리스강 PL-PBF 공정의 다중물리 수치 모델을 개발하고 이 모델을 사용하여 열과 유체를 시뮬레이션합니다. 다양한 펄스 모드에서 공정 과정 중 용융 풀 내부에서 발생하는 유동 조건. 따라서 고정된 레이저 듀티 사이클(50%)이 있는 레이저 주기 지속 시간이 용융 풀의 모양과 크기 및 최종 트랙 형태에 미치는 영향을 연구하기 위해 매개변수 연구가 수행됩니다. 더 긴 주기 기간에서 더 많은 재료가 더 큰 용융 풀 내에서 변위됨에 따라 용융 풀의 후류에 더 눈에 띄는 혹이 형성되며, 동시에 더 심각한 반동 압력을 받습니다. 또한 시뮬레이션에서 50% 듀티 사이클에서 1000μs에서 형성된 보다 대칭적인 용융 풀과 비교하여 400μs 사이클 주기에서 더 긴 용융 풀이 형성된다는 것이 관찰되었습니다. 풀 볼륨은 1000μs의 경우 더 큽니다. 매개변수 연구는 연속 트랙과 파손된 트랙 PL-PBF 사이의 경계를 설명하며, 여기서 연속 트랙은 항상 소량의 용융 재료를 유지함으로써 유지됩니다.

English Abstract

Laser Powder Bed Fusion (L-PBF) has attracted a lot of attention from various industrial sectors and mainly thanks to its well-proven well-known capacity of realizing complex topology-optimized components that have so far been impossible to make using conventional manufacturing techniques. In Pulsed L-PBF (PL-PBF), the laser’s temporal profile can be modulated via modifying either or both the cycle duration and the duty cycle. Thus, the laser’s temporal profile could be considered as a new process parameter that paves the way for a better control of this process for future applications. Therefore, in this work we aim to investigate how changing the laser’s temporal profile can affect the melt pool conditions and the final shape and geometry of a track in the PL-PBF process. In this respect, in this paper a multiphysics numerical model of the PL-PBF process of 316-L stainless steel is developed based on the computational fluid dynamics (CFD) software package Flow-3D and the model is used to simulate the heat and fluid flow conditions occurring inside the melt pool during the course of the process at different pulsing modes. Thus, a parametric study is carried out to study the influence of the laser’s cycle duration with a fixed laser duty cycle (50 %) on the shape and size of the melt pool and the final track morphology. It is noticed that at longer cycle periods, more noticeable humps form at the wake of the melt pool as more material is displaced within bigger melt pools, which are at the same time subjected to more significant recoil pressures. It is also observed in the simulations that at 50 % duty cycle, longer melt pools form at 400 μs cycle period compared to the more symmetrical melt pools formed at 1000 μs, primarily because of shorter laser off-times in the former, even though melt pool volume is bigger for the 1000 μs case. The parameteric study illustrates the boundary between a continuous track and a broken track PL-PBF wherein the continuous track is retained by always maintaining a small volume of molten material.

Figure 1: Front and side views of the computational domain. Note that the region along z and from -100 μm to +50 μm is void.
Figure 1: Front and side views of the computational domain. Note that the region along z and from -100 μm to +50 μm is void.
Figure 2: Temperature contours and melt pool border lines at different times for the 50 % duty cycle case: (a) - (c) Δtcycle = 400 μs, (d) – (f) Δtcycle = 1000 μs and (g) – (i) Δtcycle = 3000 μs.
Figure 2: Temperature contours and melt pool border lines at different times for the 50 % duty cycle case: (a) – (c) Δtcycle = 400 μs, (d) – (f) Δtcycle = 1000 μs and (g) – (i) Δtcycle = 3000 μs.
Figure 3: Plot of melt pool volume versus time for four cases including continuous wave laser as well as 50 % duty cycle at 400 μs, 1000 μs and 3000 μs.
Figure 3: Plot of melt pool volume versus time for four cases including continuous wave laser as well as 50 % duty cycle at 400 μs, 1000 μs and 3000 μs.

CONCLUSIONS

In this work a CFD model of the modulated PL-PBF process of stainless steel 316-L is developed in the commercial software package Flow-3D. The model involves physics such as solidification, melting, evaporation, convection, laser-material interaction, capillarity, Marangoni effect and the recoil pressure effect. In the current study, a parametric study is carried out to understand how the change in the cycle period duration affects the melt pool’s thermo-fluid conditions during the modulated PL-PBF process. It is observed that at the pulse mode with 50 % duty cycle and 400 μs cycle period, an overlapped chain of humps form at the wake of the melt pool and at a spatial frequency of occurrence of about 78 μm. Furthermore and as expected, it is noted that the melt pool volume, the size of the hump as well as the crater size at the end of the track, increase with increase in the cycle period duration, as more material is re-deposited at the back of the melt pool and that itself is caused by more pronounced recoil pressures. Moreover, it is noticed that due to the short off-time period of the laser in the 400 μs cycle period case, there is always an amount of liquid metal left from the previous cycle, at the time the new cycle starts. This is found to be the main reason why longer and elongated melt pools form at 400 μs cycle period, compared to the bigger, shorter and more symmetrical-like melt pools forming at the 1000 μs case. In this study PL-PBF single tracks including the broken track and the continuous track examples were studied to illustrate the boundary of this transition at a given laser scan parameter setting. At higher scan speeds, it is expected that the Plateau–Rayleigh instability will compete with the pulsing behavior to change the transition boundary between a broken and continuous track, which is suggested as future work from this study.

REFERENCES

[1] T. Craeghs, L. Thijs, F. Verhaeghe, J.-P. Kruth, J. Van Humbeeck, A study of the microstructural
evolution during selective laser melting of Ti–6Al–4V, Acta Mater. 58 (2010) 3303–3312.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2010.02.004.
[2] J. Liu, A.T. Gaynor, S. Chen, Z. Kang, K. Suresh, A. Takezawa, L. Li, J. Kato, J. Tang, C.C.L. Wang, L.
Cheng, X. Liang, A.C. To, Current and future trends in topology optimization for additive manufacturing,
(2018) 2457–2483.
[3] M. Bayat, W. Dong, J. Thorborg, A.C. To, J.H. Hattel, A review of multi-scale and multi-physics
simulations of metal additive manufacturing processes with focus on modeling strategies, Addit. Manuf.
47 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102278.
[4] A. Foroozmehr, M. Badrossamay, E. Foroozmehr, S. Golabi, Finite Element Simulation of Selective Laser
Melting process considering Optical Penetration Depth of laser in powder bed, Mater. Des. 89 (2016)
255–263. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2015.10.002.
[5] Y.S. Lee, W. Zhang, Modeling of heat transfer, fluid flow and solidification microstructure of nickel-base
superalloy fabricated by laser powder bed fusion, Addit. Manuf. 12 (2016) 178–188.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2016.05.003.
[6] S.A. Khairallah, A.T. Anderson, A. Rubenchik, W.E. King, Laser powder-bed fusion additive
manufacturing: Physics of complex melt flow and formation mechanisms of pores, spatter, and denudation
zones, Acta Mater. 108 (2016) 36–45. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2016.02.014.
[7] M. Bayat, A. Thanki, S. Mohanty, A. Witvrouw, S. Yang, J. Thorborg, N.S. Tiedje, J.H. Hattel, Keyholeinduced porosities in Laser-based Powder Bed Fusion (L-PBF) of Ti6Al4V: High-fidelity modelling and
experimental validation, Addit. Manuf. 30 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2019.100835.
[8] A. Charles, M. Bayat, A. Elkaseer, L. Thijs, J.H. Hattel, S. Scholz, Elucidation of dross formation in laser
powder bed fusion at down-facing surfaces: phenomenon-oriented multiphysics simulation and
experimental validation, Addit. Manuf. Under revi (2021).
[9] M. Bayat, V.K. Nadimpalli, D.B. Pedersen, J.H. Hattel, A fundamental investigation of thermo-capillarity
in laser powder bed fusion of metals and alloys, Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 166 (2021) 120766.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120766.
[10] J.D. Roehling, S.A. Khairallah, Y. Shen, A. Bayramian, C.D. Boley, A.M. Rubenchik, J. Demuth, N.
Duanmu, M.J. Matthews, Physics of large-area pulsed laser powder bed fusion, Addit. Manuf. 46 (2021) https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102186.
[11] M. Zheng, L. Wei, J. Chen, Q. Zhang, J. Li, S. Sui, G. Wang, W. Huang, Surface morphology evolution
during pulsed selective laser melting: Numerical and experimental investigations, Appl. Surf. Sci. 496
(2019) 143649. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apsusc.2019.143649.
[12] M. Bayat, V.K. Nadimpalli, D.B. Pedersen, J.H. Hattel, A fundamental investigation of thermo-capillarity
in laser powder bed fusion of metals and alloys, Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 166 (2021).
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120766.

Figures-Effects of sinusoidal oscillating laser beam on weld formation, melt flow and grain structure during aluminum alloys lap welding

알루미늄 합금 겹침 용접 중 용접 형성, 용융 흐름 및 입자 구조에 대한 사인파 발진 레이저 빔의 영향

Effects of sinusoidal oscillating laser beam on weld formation, melt flow and grain structure during aluminum alloys lap welding

Lin Chen, Gaoyang Mi, Xiong Zhang, Chunming Wang
School of Materials Science and Engineering, Huazhong University of Science and Technology, Wuhan, 430074, China

Abstract

레이저 사인파 진동(사인) 용접 및 레이저 용접(SLW)에서 1.5mm 6061/5182 알루미늄 합금 박판 랩 조인트의 수치 모델이 온도 분포와 용융 흐름을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 개발되었습니다.

SLW의 일반적인 에너지 분포와 달리 레이저 빔의 사인파 진동은 에너지 분포를 크게 균질화하고 에너지 피크를 줄였습니다. 에너지 피크는 사인 용접의 양쪽에 위치하여 톱니 모양의 단면이 형성되었습니다. 이 논문은 시뮬레이션을 통해 응고 미세구조에 대한 온도 구배(G)와 응고 속도(R)의 영향을 설명했습니다.

결과는 사인 용접의 중심이 낮은 G/R로 더 넓은 영역을 가짐으로써 더 넓은 등축 결정립 영역의 형성을 촉진하고 더 큰 GR로 인해 주상 결정립이 더 가늘다는 것을 나타냅니다. 다공성 및 비관통 용접은 레이저 사인파 진동에 의해 얻어졌습니다.

그 이유는 용융 풀의 부피가 확대되고 열쇠 구멍의 부피 비율이 감소하며 용융 풀의 난류가 완만해졌기 때문이며, 이는 용융 흐름의 고속 이미징 및 시뮬레이션 결과에서 관찰되었습니다. 두 용접부의 인장시험에서 융착선을 따라 인장파괴 형태를 보였고 사인 용접부의 인장강도가 SLW 용접부보다 유의하게 우수하였습니다.

이는 등축 결정립 영역이 넓을수록 균열 경향이 감소하고 파단 위치에 근접한 입자 크기가 미세하기 때문입니다. 결함이 없고 우수한 용접은 신에너지 자동차 산업에 매우 중요합니다.

A numerical model of 1.5 mm 6061/5182 aluminum alloys thin sheets lap joints under laser sinusoidal oscillation (sine) welding and laser welding (SLW) weld was developed to simulate temperature distribution and melt flow. Unlike the common energy distribution of SLW, the sinusoidal oscillation of laser beam greatly homogenized the energy distribution and reduced the energy peak. The energy peaks were located at both sides of the sine weld, resulting in the tooth-shaped sectional formation. This paper illustrated the effect of the temperature gradient (G) and solidification rate (R) on the solidification microstructure by simulation. Results indicated that the center of the sine weld had a wider area with low G/R, promoting the formation of a wider equiaxed grain zone, and the columnar grains were slenderer because of greater GR. The porosity-free and non-penetration welds were obtained by the laser sinusoidal oscillation. The reasons were that the molten pool volume was enlarged, the volume proportion of keyhole was reduced and the turbulence in the molten pool was gentled, which was observed by the high-speed imaging and simulation results of melt flow. The tensile test of both welds showed a tensile fracture form along the fusion line, and the tensile strength of sine weld was significantly better than that of the SLW weld. This was because that the wider equiaxed grain area reduced the tendency of cracks and the finer grain size close to the fracture location. Defect-free and excellent welds are of great significance to the new energy vehicles industry.

Keywords

Laser weldingSinusoidal oscillatingEnergy distributionNumerical simulationMolten pool flowGrain structure

Figures-Effects of sinusoidal oscillating laser beam on weld formation, melt flow and grain structure during aluminum alloys lap welding
Figures-Effects of sinusoidal oscillating laser beam on weld formation, melt flow and grain structure during aluminum alloys lap welding
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig1

A survey of electromagnetic metal casting computation designs, present approaches, future possibilities, and practical issues

The European Physical Journal Plus volume 136, Article number: 704 (2021) Cite this article

Abstract

Electromagnetic metal casting (EMC) is a casting technique that uses electromagnetic energy to heat metal powders. It is a faster, cleaner, and less time-consuming operation. Solid metals create issues in electromagnetics since they reflect the electromagnetic radiation rather than consume it—electromagnetic energy processing results in sounded pieces with higher-ranking material properties and a more excellent microstructure solution. For the physical production of the electromagnetic casting process, knowledge of electromagnetic material interaction is critical. Even where the heated material is an excellent electromagnetic absorber, the total heating quality is sometimes insufficient. Numerical modelling works on finding the proper coupled effects between properties to bring out the most effective operation. The main parameters influencing the quality of output of the EMC process are: power dissipated per unit volume into the material, penetration depth of electromagnetics, complex magnetic permeability and complex dielectric permittivity. The contact mechanism and interference pattern also, in turn, determines the quality of the process. Only a few parameters, such as the environment’s temperature, the interference pattern, and the rate of metal solidification, can be controlled by AI models. Neural networks are used to achieve exact outcomes by stimulating the neurons in the human brain. Additive manufacturing (AM) is used to design mold and cores for metal casting. The models outperformed the traditional DFA optimization approach, which is susceptible to local minima. The system works only offline, so real-time analysis and corrections are not yet possible.

Korea Abstract

전자기 금속 주조 (EMC)는 전자기 에너지를 사용하여 금속 분말을 가열하는 주조 기술입니다. 더 빠르고 깨끗하며 시간이 덜 소요되는 작업입니다.

고체 금속은 전자기 복사를 소비하는 대신 반사하기 때문에 전자기학에서 문제를 일으킵니다. 전자기 에너지 처리는 더 높은 등급의 재료 특성과 더 우수한 미세 구조 솔루션을 가진 사운드 조각을 만듭니다.

전자기 주조 공정의 물리적 생산을 위해서는 전자기 물질 상호 작용에 대한 지식이 중요합니다. 가열된 물질이 우수한 전자기 흡수재인 경우에도 전체 가열 품질이 때때로 불충분합니다. 수치 모델링은 가장 효과적인 작업을 이끌어 내기 위해 속성 간의 적절한 결합 효과를 찾는데 사용됩니다.

EMC 공정의 출력 품질에 영향을 미치는 주요 매개 변수는 단위 부피당 재료로 분산되는 전력, 전자기의 침투 깊이, 복합 자기 투과성 및 복합 유전율입니다. 접촉 메커니즘과 간섭 패턴 또한 공정의 품질을 결정합니다. 환경 온도, 간섭 패턴 및 금속 응고 속도와 같은 몇 가지 매개 변수 만 AI 모델로 제어 할 수 있습니다.

신경망은 인간 뇌의 뉴런을 자극하여 정확한 결과를 얻기 위해 사용됩니다. 적층 제조 (AM)는 금속 주조용 몰드 및 코어를 설계하는 데 사용됩니다. 모델은 로컬 최소값에 영향을 받기 쉬운 기존 DFA 최적화 접근 방식을 능가했습니다. 이 시스템은 오프라인에서만 작동하므로 실시간 분석 및 수정은 아직 불가능합니다.

electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig1
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig1
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig2
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig2
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig3
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig3
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig4
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig4
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig5
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig5
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig6
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig6
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig7
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig7
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig8
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig8
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig9
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig9

References

  1. 1.J. Sun, W. Wang, Q. Yue, Review on electromagnetic-matter interaction fundamentals and efficient electromagnetic-associated heating strategies. Materials 9(4), 231 (2016). https://doi.org/10.3390/ma9040231ADS Article Google Scholar 
  2. 2.E. Ghasali, A. Fazili, M. Alizadeh, K. Shirvanimoghaddam, T. Ebadzadeh, Evaluation of microstructure and mechanical properties of Al-TiC metal matrix composite prepared by conventional, electromagnetic and spark plasma sintering methods. Materials 10(11), 1255 (2017). https://doi.org/10.3390/ma10111255ADS Article Google Scholar 
  3. 3.D. Agrawal, Latest global developments in electromagnetic materials processing. Mater. Res. Innov. 14(1), 3–8 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1179/143307510×12599329342926Article Google Scholar 
  4. 4.S. Singh, P. Singh, D. Gupta, V. Jain, R. Kumar, S. Kaushal, Development and characterization of electromagnetic processed cast iron joint. Eng. Sci. Technol. Int. J. (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jestch.2018.10.012Article Google Scholar 
  5. 5.S. Singh, D. Gupta, V. Jain, Electromagnetic melting and processing of metal–ceramic composite castings. Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part B J. Eng. Manuf. 232(7), 1235–1243 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1177/0954405416666900Article Google Scholar 
  6. 6.S. Singh, D. Gupta, V. Jain, Novel electromagnetic composite casting process: theory, feasibility and characterization. Mater. Des. 111, 51–59 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2016.08.071Article Google Scholar 
  7. 7.J. Lucas, J, What are electromagnetics? LiveScience. (2018). https://www.livescience.com/50259-Electromagnetics.html
  8. 8.R. Samyal, A.K. Bagha, R. Bedi, the casting of materials using electromagnetic energy: a review. Mater. Today Proc. (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2020.02.255Article Google Scholar 
  9. 9.S. Singh, D. Gupta, V. Jain, Processing of Ni-WC-8Co MMC casting through electromagnetic melting. Mater. Manuf. Process. (2017). https://doi.org/10.1080/10426914.2017.1291954Article Google Scholar 
  10. 10.R. Singh, S. Singh, V. Mahajan, Investigations for dimensional accuracy of investment casting process after cycle time reduction by advancements in shell moulding. Procedia Mater. Sci. 6, 859–865 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mspro.2014.07.103Article Google Scholar 
  11. 11.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, On melting characteristics of bulk Al-7039 alloy during in-situ electromagnetic casting. Appl. Therm. Eng. 111, 660–675 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2016.09.122Article Google Scholar 
  12. 12.S. Zhang, 10 Different types of casting process. (2021). MachineMfg.com, https://www.machinemfg.com/types-of-casting/
  13. 13.Envirocare, Foundry health risks. (2013). https://envirocare.org/foundry-health-risks/
  14. 14.S.S. Gajmal, D.N. Raut, A review of opportunities and challenges in electromagnetic assisted casting. Recent Trends Product. Eng. 2(1) (2019)
  15. 15.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, Electromagnetic-material interaction phenomena: heating mechanisms, challenges and opportunities in material processing. Compos. Part A (2015). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compositesa.2015.10.035Article Google Scholar 
  16. 16.S. Chandrasekaran, T. Basak, S. Ramanathan, Experimental and theoretical investigation on electromagnetic melting of metals. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 211(3), 482–487 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2010.11.001Article Google Scholar 
  17. 17.C.R. Bird, J.M. Mertz, U.S. Patent No. 4655276. (U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Washington, DC, 1987)
  18. 18.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, Experimental investigation on in-situ electromagnetic casting of copper. IOP Conf. Ser. Mater. Sci. Eng. 346, 012052 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/346/1/012052Article Google Scholar 
  19. 19.V. Gangwar, S. Kumar, V. Singh, H. Singh, Effect of process parameters on hardness of AA-6063 in-situ electromagnetic casting by using taguchi method, in IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering, vol. 804(1) (IOP Publishing, 2020), p. 012019
  20. 20.X. Ye, S. Guo, L. Yang, J. Gao, J. Peng, T. Hu, L. Wang, M. Hou, Q. Luo, New utilization approach of electromagnetic thermal energy: preparation of metallic matrix diamond tool bit by electromagnetic hot-press sintering. J. Alloy. Compd. (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2018.03.183Article Google Scholar 
  21. 21.S. Das, A.K. Mukhopadhyay, S. Datta, D. Basu, Prospects of Electromagnetic processing: an overview. Bull. Mater. Sci. 32(1), 1–13 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12034-009-0001-4Article Google Scholar 
  22. 22.K.L. Glass, D.M. Ashby, U.S. Patent No. 9050656. (U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Washington, DC, 2015)
  23. 23.S. Verma, P. Gupta, S. Srivastava, S. Kumar, A. Anand, An overview: casting/melting of non ferrous metallic materials using domestic electromagnetic oven. J. Mater. Sci. Mech. Eng. 4(4), (2017). p-ISSN: 2393-9095; e-ISSN: 2393-9109
  24. 24.S.S. Panda, V. Singh, A. Upadhyaya, D. Agrawal, Sintering response of austenitic (316L) and ferritic (434L) stainless steel consolidated in conventional and electromagnetic furnaces. Scripta Mater. 54(12), 2179–2183 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scriptamat.2006.02.034Article Google Scholar 
  25. 25.Y. Zhang, S. Yang, S. Wang, X. Liu, L. Li, Microwave/freeze casting assisted fabrication of carbon frameworks derived from embedded upholder in tremella for superior performance supercapacitors. Energy Storage Mater. (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ensm.2018.08.006Article Google Scholar 
  26. 26.D. Thomas, P. Abhilash, M.T. Sebastian, Casting and characterization of LiMgPO4 glass free LTCC tape for electromagnetic applications. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 33(1), 87–93 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeurceramsoc.2012.08.002Article Google Scholar 
  27. 27.M.H. Awida, N. Shah, B. Warren, E. Ripley, A.E. Fathy, Modeling of an industrial Electromagnetic furnace for metal casting applications. 2008 IEEE MTT-S Int. Electromagn. Symp. Digest. (2008). https://doi.org/10.1109/mwsym.2008.4633143Article Google Scholar 
  28. 28.P.K. Loharkar, A. Ingle, S. Jhavar, Parametric review of electromagnetic-based materials processing and its applications. J. Market. Res. 8(3), 3306–3326 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmrt.2019.04.004Article Google Scholar 
  29. 29.E.B. Ripley, J.A. Oberhaus, WWWeb search power page-melting and heat treating metals using electromagnetic heating-the potential of electromagnetic metal processing techniques for a wide variety of metals and alloys is. Ind. Heat. 72(5), 65–70 (2005)Google Scholar 
  30. 30.J. Campbell, Complete Casting Handbook: Metal Casting Processes, Metallurgy, Techniques and Design (Butterworth-Heinemann, 2015)Google Scholar 
  31. 31.B. Ravi, Metal Casting: Computer-Aided Design and Analysis, 1st edn. (PHI Learning Ltd, 2005)Google Scholar 
  32. 32.D.E. Clark, W.H. Sutton, Electromagnetic processing of materials. Annu. Rev. Mater. Sci. 26(1), 299–331 (1996)ADS Article Google Scholar 
  33. 33.A.D. Abdullin, New capabilities of software package ProCAST 2011 for modeling foundry operations. Metallurgist 56(5–6), 323–328 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11015-012-9578-8Article Google Scholar 
  34. 34.J. Ha, P. Cleary, V. Alguine, T. Nguyen, Simulation of die filling in gravity die casting using SPH and MAGMAsoft, in Proceedings of 2nd International Conference on CFD in Minerals & Process Industries (1999) pp. 423–428
  35. 35.M. Sirviö, M. Woś, Casting directly from a computer model by using advanced simulation software FLOW-3D Cast Ž. Arch. Foundry Eng. 9(1), 79–82 (2009)Google Scholar 
  36. 36.NOVACAST Systems, Nova-Solid/Flow Brochure, NOVACAST, Ronneby (2015)
  37. 37.AutoCAST-X1 Brochure, 3D Foundry Tech, Mumbai
  38. 38.EKK, Inc. Metal Casting Simulation Software and Consulting Services, CAPCAST Brochure
  39. 39.P. Muenprasertdee, Solidification modeling of iron castings using SOLIDCast (2007)
  40. 40.CasCAE, CT-CasTest Inc. Oy, Kerava
  41. 41.E. Dominguez-Tortajada, J. Monzo-Cabrera, A. Diaz-Morcillo, Uniform electric field distribution in electromagnetic heating applicators by means of genetic algorithms optimization of dielectric multilayer structures. IEEE Trans. Electromagn. Theory Tech. 55(1), 85–91 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1109/tmtt.2006.886913ADS Article Google Scholar 
  42. 42.B. Warren, M.H. Awida, A.E. Fathy, Electromagnetic heating of metals. IET Electromagn. Antennas Propag. 6(2), 196–205 (2012)Article Google Scholar 
  43. 43.S. Ashouri, M. Nili-Ahmadabadi, M. Moradi, M. Iranpour, Semi-solid microstructure evolution during reheating of aluminum A356 alloy deformed severely by ECAP. J. Alloy. Compd. 466(1–2), 67–72 (2008). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2007.11.010Article Google Scholar 
  44. 44.Penn State, Metal Parts Made In The Electromagnetic Oven. ScienceDaily. (1999) Retrieved May 8, 2021, from www.sciencedaily.com/releases/1999/06/990622055733.htm
  45. 45.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, A review of research trends in electromagnetic processing of metal-based materials and opportunities in electromagnetic metal casting. Crit. Rev. Solid State Mater. Sci. 41(3), 217–255 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1080/10408436.2016.1142421ADS Article Google Scholar 
  46. 46.D.K. Ghodgaonkar, V.V. Varadan, V.K. Varadan, Free-space measurement of complex permittivity and complex permeability of magnetic materials at Electromagnetic frequencies. IEEE Trans. Instrum. Meas. 39(2), 387–394 (1990). https://doi.org/10.1109/19.52520Article Google Scholar 
  47. 47.J. Baker-Jarvis, E.J. Vanzura, W.A. Kissick, Improved technique for determining complex permittivity with the transmission/reflection method. Microw. Theory Tech. IEEE Trans. 38, 1096–1103 (1990)ADS Article Google Scholar 
  48. 48.M. Bologna, A. Petri, B. Tellini, C. Zappacosta, Effective magnetic permeability measurementin composite resonator structures. Instrum. Meas. IEEE Trans. 59, 1200–1206 (2010)Article Google Scholar 
  49. 49.B. Ravi, G.L. Datta, Metal casting–back to future, in 52nd Indian Foundry Congress, (2004)
  50. 50.D. El Khaled, N. Novas, J.A. Gazquez, F. Manzano-Agugliaro. Microwave dielectric heating: applications on metals processing. Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 82, 2880–2892 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2017.10.043Article Google Scholar 
  51. 51.H. Sekiguchi, Y. Mori, Steam plasma reforming using Electromagnetic discharge. Thin Solid Films 435, 44–48 (2003)ADS Article Google Scholar 
  52. 52.J. Sun, W. Wang, C. Zhao, Y. Zhang, C. Ma, Q. Yue, Study on the coupled effect of wave absorption and metal discharge generation under electromagnetic irradiation. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 53, 2042–2051 (2014)Article Google Scholar 
  53. 53.K.I. Rybakov, E.A. Olevsky, E.V. Krikun, Electromagnetic sintering: fundamentals and modeling. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 96(4), 1003–1020 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1111/jace.12278Article Google Scholar 
  54. 54.A.K. Shukla, A. Mondal, A. Upadhyaya, Numerical modeling of electromagnetic heating. Sci. Sinter. 42(1), 99–124 (2010)Article Google Scholar 
  55. 55.M. Chiumenti, C. Agelet de Saracibar, M. Cervera, On the numerical modeling of the thermomechanical contact for metal casting analysis. J. Heat Transf. 130(6), (2008). https://doi.org/10.1115/1.2897923Article MATH Google Scholar 
  56. 56.B. Ravi, Metal Casting: Computer-Aided Design and Analysis. (PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2005)
  57. 57.J.H. Lee, S.D. Noh, H.-J. Kim, Y.-S. Kang, Implementation of cyber-physical production systems for quality prediction and operation control in metal casting. Sensors 18, 1428 (2018). https://doi.org/10.3390/s18051428ADS Article Google Scholar 
  58. 58.B. Aksoy, M. Koru, Estimation of casting mold interfacial heat transfer coefficient in pressure die casting process by artificial intelligence methods. Arab. J. Sci. Eng. 45, 8969–8980 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s13369-020-04648-7Article Google Scholar 
  59. 59.S.S. Miriyala, V.R. Subramanian, K. Mitra, TRANSFORM-ANN for online optimization of complex industrial processes: casting process as case study. Eur. J. Oper. Res. 264(1), 294–309 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2017.05.026MathSciNet Article MATH Google Scholar 
  60. 60.J.K. Kittu, G.C.M. Patel, M. Parappagoudar, Modeling of pressure die casting process: an artificial intelligence approach. Int. J. Metalcast. (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40962-015-0001-7Article Google Scholar 
  61. 61.W. Chen, B. Gutmann, C.O. Kappe, Characterization of electromagnetic-induced electric discharge phenomena in metal-solvent mixtures. ChemistryOpen 1, 39–48 (2012)Article Google Scholar 
  62. 62.J. Walker, A. Prokop, C. Lynagh, B. Vuksanovich, B. Conner, K. Rogers, J. Thiel, E. MacDonald, Real-time process monitoring of core shifts during metal casting with wireless sensing and 3D sand printing. Addit. Manuf. (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2019.02.018Article Google Scholar 
  63. 63.G.C. Manjunath Patel, A.K. Shettigar, M.B. Parappagoudar, A systematic approach to model and optimize wear behaviour of castings produced by squeeze casting process. J. Manuf. Process. 32, 199–212 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2018.02.004Article Google Scholar 
  64. 64.G.C. Manjunath Patel, P. Krishna, M.B. Parappagoudar, An intelligent system for squeeze casting process—soft computing based approach. Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 86, 3051–3065 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-016-8416-8Article Google Scholar 
  65. 65.M. Ferguson, R. Ak, Y.T. Lee, K.H. Law, Automatic localization of casting defects with convolutional neural networks, in 2017 IEEE International Conference on Big Data (Big Data) (Boston, MA, USA, 2017), pp. 1726–1735. https://doi.org/10.1109/BigData.2017.8258115.
  66. 66.P.K.D.V. Yarlagadda, Prediction of die casting process parameters by using an artificial neural network model for zinc alloys. Int. J. Prod. Res. 38(1), 119–139 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1080/002075400189617Article MATH Google Scholar 
  67. 67.G.C. ManjunathPatel, A.K. Shettigar, P. Krishna, M.B. Parappagoudar, Back propagation genetic and recurrent neural network applications in modelling and analysis of squeeze casting process. Appl. Soft Comput. 59, 418–437 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asoc.2017.06.018Article Google Scholar 
  68. 68.J. Zheng, Q. Wang, P. Zhao et al., Optimization of high-pressure die-casting process parameters using artificial neural network. Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 44, 667–674 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-008-1886-6Article Google Scholar 
  69. 69.E. Mares, J. Sokolowski, Artificial intelligence-based control system for the analysis of metal casting properties. J. Achiev. Mater. Manuf. Eng. 40, 149–154 (2010)Google Scholar 
  70. 70.K.S. Senthil, S. Muthukumaran, C. Chandrasekhar Reddy, Suitability of friction welding of tube to tube plate using an external tool process for different tube diameters—a study. Exp. Tech. 37(6), 8–14 (2013)Article Google Scholar 
  71. 71.N.K. Bhoi, H. Singh, S. Pratap, P.K. Jain, Electromagnetic material processing: a clean, green, and sustainable approach. Sustain. Eng. Prod. Manuf. Technol. (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-816564-5.00001-3Article Google Scholar 
  72. 72.K.S. Senthil, D.A. Daniel, An investigation of boiler grade tube and tube plate without block by using friction welding process. Mater. Today Proc. 5(2), 8567–8576 (2018)Article Google Scholar 
  73. 73.E. Hetmaniok, D. Słota, A. Zielonka, Restoration of the cooling conditions in a three-dimensional continuous casting process using artificial intelligence algorithms. Appl. Math. Modell. 39(16), 4797–4807 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apm.2015.03.056Article MATH Google Scholar 
  74. 74.C.V. Kumar, S. Muthukumaran, A. Pradeep, S.S. Kumaran, Optimizational study of friction welding of steel tube to aluminum tube plate using an external tool process. Int. J. Mech. Mater. Eng. 6(2), 300–306 (2011)Google Scholar 
  75. 75.T. Adithiyaa, D. Chandramohan, T. Sathish, Optimal prediction of process parameters by GWO-KNN in stirring-squeeze casting of AA2219 reinforced metal matrix composites. Mater. Today Proc. 150, 1598 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2019.10.051Article Google Scholar 
  76. 76.B.P. Pehrson, A.F. Moore (2014). U.S. Patent No. 8708031 (U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Washington, DC, 2014)
  77. 77.Liu, J., & Rynerson, M. L. (2008). U.S. Patent No. 7,461,684. Washington, DC: U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
  78. 78.K. Salonitis, B. Zeng, H.A. Mehrabi, M. Jolly, The challenges for energy efficient casting processes. Procedia CIRP 40, 24–29 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procir.2016.01.043Article Google Scholar 
  79. 79.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, Effect of solidification environment on microstructure and indentation hardness of Al–Zn–Mg alloy casts developed using electromagnetic heating. Int. J. Metal Cast. 10, 1–13 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40962-017-0176-1Article Google Scholar 
  80. 80.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, Effect of susceptor and Mold material on microstructure of in-situ electromagnetic casts of Al–Zn–Mg alloy. Mater. Des. 131, 428–440 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2017.06.038Article Google Scholar 
  81. 81.S. Kaushal, S. Bohra, D. Gupta, V. Jain, On processing and characterization of Cu–Mo-based castings through electromagnetic heating. Int. J. Metalcast. (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40962-020-00481-8Article Google Scholar 
  82. 82.S. Nandwani, S. Vardhan, A.K. Bagha, A literature review on the exposure time of electromagnetic based welding of different materials. Mater. Today Proc. (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2019.10.056Article Google Scholar 
  83. 83.F.J.B. Brum, S.C. Amico, I. Vedana, J.A. Spim, Electromagnetic dewaxing applied to the investment casting process. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 209(7), 3166–3171 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2008.07.024Article Google Scholar 
  84. 84.M.P. Reddy, R.A. Shakoor, G. Parande, V. Manakari, F. Ubaid, A.M.A. Mohamed, M. Gupta, Enhanced performance of nano-sized SiC reinforced Al metal matrix nanocomposites synthesized through electromagnetic sintering and hot extrusion techniques. Prog. Nat. Sci. Mater. Int. 27(5), 606–614 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pnsc.2017.08.015Article Google Scholar 
  85. 85.V.R. Kalamkar, K. Monkova, (Eds.), Advances in Mechanical Engineering. Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering. (2021) https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-3639-7
  86. 86.V. Bist, A.K. Sharma, P. Kumar, Development and microstructural characterisations of the lead casting using electromagnetic technology. Manager’s J. Mech. Eng. 4(4), 6 (2014). https://doi.org/10.26634/jme.4.4.2840Article Google Scholar 
  87. 87.A. Sharma, A. Chouhan, L. Pavithran, U. Chadha, S.K. Selvaraj, Implementation of LSS framework in automotive component manufacturing: a review, current scenario and future directions. Mater Today: Proc. (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/J.MATPR.2021.02.374Article Google Scholar 
Figure 6. Evolution of melt pool in the overhang region (θ = 45°, P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s, the streamlines are shown by arrows).

Experimental and numerical investigation of the origin of surface roughness in laser powder bed fused overhang regions

레이저 파우더 베드 융합 오버행 영역에서 표면 거칠기의 원인에 대한 실험 및 수치 조사

Shaochuan Feng,Amar M. Kamat,Soheil Sabooni &Yutao PeiPages S66-S84 | Received 18 Jan 2021, Accepted 25 Feb 2021, Published online: 10 Mar 2021

ABSTRACT

Surface roughness of laser powder bed fusion (L-PBF) printed overhang regions is a major contributor to deteriorated shape accuracy/surface quality. This study investigates the mechanisms behind the evolution of surface roughness (Ra) in overhang regions. The evolution of surface morphology is the result of a combination of border track contour, powder adhesion, warp deformation, and dross formation, which is strongly related to the overhang angle (θ). When 0° ≤ θ ≤ 15°, the overhang angle does not affect Ra significantly since only a small area of the melt pool boundaries contacts the powder bed resulting in slight powder adhesion. When 15° < θ ≤ 50°, powder adhesion is enhanced by the melt pool sinking and the increased contact area between the melt pool boundary and powder bed. When θ > 50°, large waviness of the overhang contour, adhesion of powder clusters, severe warp deformation and dross formation increase Ra sharply.

레이저 파우더 베드 퓨전 (L-PBF) 프린팅 오버행 영역의 표면 거칠기는 형상 정확도 / 표면 품질 저하의 주요 원인입니다. 이 연구 는 오버행 영역에서 표면 거칠기 (Ra ) 의 진화 뒤에 있는 메커니즘을 조사합니다 . 표면 형태의 진화는 오버행 각도 ( θ ) 와 밀접한 관련이있는 경계 트랙 윤곽, 분말 접착, 뒤틀림 변형 및 드로스 형성의 조합의 결과입니다 . 0° ≤  θ  ≤ 15° 인 경우 , 용융풀 경계의 작은 영역 만 분말 베드와 접촉하여 약간의 분말 접착이 발생하기 때문에 오버행 각도가 R a에 큰 영향을 주지 않습니다 . 15° < θ 일 때  ≤ 50°, 용융 풀 싱킹 및 용융 풀 경계와 분말 베드 사이의 증가된 접촉 면적으로 분말 접착력이 향상됩니다. θ  > 50° 일 때 오버행 윤곽의 큰 파형, 분말 클러스터의 접착, 심한 휨 변형 및 드 로스 형성이 Ra 급격히 증가 합니다.

KEYWORDS: Laser powder bed fusion (L-PBF), melt pool dynamics, overhang region, shape deviation, surface roughness

1. Introduction

레이저 분말 베드 융합 (L-PBF)은 첨단 적층 제조 (AM) 기술로, 집중된 레이저 빔을 사용하여 금속 분말을 선택적으로 융합하여 슬라이스 된 3D 컴퓨터 지원에 따라 층별로 3 차원 (3D) 금속 부품을 구축합니다. 설계 (CAD) 모델 (Chatham, Long 및 Williams 2019 ; Tan, Zhu 및 Zhou 2020 ). 재료가 인쇄 층 아래에 ​​존재하는지 여부에 따라 인쇄 영역은 각각 솔리드 영역 또는 돌출 영역으로 분류 될 수 있습니다. 따라서 오버행 영역은 고체 기판이 아니라 분말 베드 바로 위에 건설되는 특수 구조입니다 (Patterson, Messimer 및 Farrington 2017). 오버행 영역은지지 구조를 포함하거나 포함하지 않고 구축 할 수 있으며, 지지대가있는 돌출 영역의 L-PBF는 지지체가 더 낮은 밀도로 구축된다는 점을 제외 하고 (Wang and Chou 2018 ) 고체 기판의 공정과 유사합니다 (따라서 기계적 강도가 낮기 때문에 L-PBF 공정 후 기계적으로 쉽게 제거 할 수 있습니다. 따라서지지 구조로 인쇄 된 오버행 영역은 L-PBF 공정 후 지지물 제거, 연삭 및 연마와 같은 추가 후 처리 단계가 필요합니다.

수평 내부 채널의 제작과 같은 일부 특정 경우에는 공정 후 지지대를 제거하기가 어려우므로 채널 상단 절반의 돌출부 영역을 지지대없이 건설해야합니다 (Hopkinson and Dickens 2000 ). 수평 내부 채널에 사용할 수없는지지 구조 외에도 내부 표면, 특히 등각 냉각 채널 (Feng, Kamat 및 Pei 2021 ) 에서 발생하는 복잡한 3D 채널 네트워크의 경우 표면 마감 프로세스를 구현하는 것도 어렵습니다 . 결과적으로 오버행 영역은 (i) 잔류 응력에 의한 변형, (ii) 계단 효과 (Kuo et al. 2020 ; Li et al. 2020 )로 인해 설계된 모양에서 벗어날 수 있습니다 .) 및 (iii) 원하지 않는 분말 소결로 인한 향상된 표면 거칠기; 여기서, 앞의 두 요소는 일반적으로 mm 길이 스케일에서 ‘매크로’편차로 분류되고 후자는 일반적으로 µm 길이 스케일에서 ‘마이크로’편차로 인식됩니다.

열 응력에 의한 변형은 오버행 영역에서 발생하는 중요한 문제입니다 (Patterson, Messimer 및 Farrington 2017 ). 국부적 인 용융 / 냉각은 용융 풀 내부 및 주변에서 큰 온도 구배를 유도하여 응고 된 층에 집중적 인 열 응력을 유발합니다. 열 응력에 의한 뒤틀림은 고체 영역을 현저하게 변형하지 않습니다. 이러한 영역은 아래의 여러 레이어에 의해 제한되기 때문입니다. 반면에 오버행 영역은 구속되지 않고 공정 중 응력 완화로 인해 상당한 변형이 발생합니다 (Kamat 및 Pei 2019 ). 더욱이 용융 깊이는 레이어 두께보다 큽니다 (이전 레이어도 재용 해되어 빌드 된 레이어간에 충분한 결합을 보장하기 때문입니다 [Yadroitsev et al. 2013 ; Kamath et al.2014 ]),응고 된 두께가 설계된 두께보다 크기 때문에형태 편차 (예 : 드 로스 [Charles et al. 2020 ; Feng et al. 2020 ])가 발생합니다. 마이크로 스케일에서 인쇄 된 표면 (R a 및 S a ∼ 10 μm)은 기계적으로 가공 된 표면보다 거칠다 (Duval-Chaneac et al. 2018 ; Wen et al. 2018 ). 이 문제는고형화 된 용융 풀의 가장자리에 부착 된 용융되지 않은 분말의 결과로 표면 거칠기 (R a )가 일반적으로 약 20 μm인 오버행 영역에서 특히 심각합니다 (Mazur et al. 2016 ; Pakkanen et al. 2016 ).

오버행 각도 ( θ , 빌드 방향과 관련하여 측정)는 오버행 영역의 뒤틀림 편향과 표면 거칠기에 영향을 미치는 중요한 매개 변수입니다 (Kamat and Pei 2019 ; Mingear et al. 2019 ). θ ∼ 45 ° 의 오버행 각도 는 일반적으로지지 구조없이 오버행 영역을 인쇄 할 수있는 임계 값으로 합의됩니다 (Pakkanen et al. 2016 ; Kadirgama et al. 2018 ). θ 일 때이 임계 값보다 크면 오버행 영역을 허용 가능한 표면 품질로 인쇄 할 수 없습니다. 오버행 각도 외에도 레이저 매개 변수 (레이저 에너지 밀도와 관련된)는 용융 풀의 모양 / 크기 및 용융 풀 역학에 영향을줌으로써 오버행 영역의 표면 거칠기에 영향을줍니다 (Wang et al. 2013 ; Mingear et al . 2019 ).

용융 풀 역학은 고체 (Shrestha 및 Chou 2018 ) 및 오버행 (Le et al. 2020 ) 영역 모두에서 수행되는 L-PBF 공정을 포함한 레이저 재료 가공의 일반적인 물리적 현상입니다 . 용융 풀 모양, 크기 및 냉각 속도는 잔류 응력으로 인한 변형과 ​​표면 거칠기에 모두 영향을 미치므로 처리 매개 변수와 표면 형태 / 품질 사이의 다리 역할을하며 용융 풀을 이해하기 위해 수치 시뮬레이션을 사용하여 추가 조사를 수행 할 수 있습니다. 거동과 표면 거칠기에 미치는 영향. 현재까지 고체 영역의 L-PBF 동안 용융 풀 동작을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 여러 연구가 수행되었습니다. 유한 요소 방법 (FEM)과 같은 시뮬레이션 기술 (Roberts et al. 2009 ; Du et al.2019 ), 유한 차분 법 (FDM) (Wu et al. 2018 ), 전산 유체 역학 (CFD) (Lee and Zhang 2016 ), 임의의 Lagrangian-Eulerian 방법 (ALE) (Khairallah and Anderson 2014 )을 사용하여 증발 반동 압력 (Hu et al. 2018 ) 및 Marangoni 대류 (Zhang et al. 2018 ) 현상을포함하는 열 전달 (온도 장) 및 물질 전달 (용융 흐름) 프로세스. 또한 이산 요소법 (DEM)을 사용하여 무작위 분산 분말 베드를 생성했습니다 (Lee and Zhang 2016 ; Wu et al. 2018 ). 이 모델은 분말 규모의 L-PBF 공정을 시뮬레이션했습니다 (Khairallah et al. 2016) 메조 스케일 (Khairallah 및 Anderson 2014 ), 단일 트랙 (Leitz et al. 2017 )에서 다중 트랙 (Foroozmehr et al. 2016 ) 및 다중 레이어 (Huang, Khamesee 및 Toyserkani 2019 )로.

그러나 결과적인 표면 거칠기를 결정하는 오버행 영역의 용융 풀 역학은 문헌에서 거의 관심을받지 못했습니다. 솔리드 영역의 L-PBF에 대한 기존 시뮬레이션 모델이 어느 정도 참조가 될 수 있지만 오버행 영역과 솔리드 영역 간의 용융 풀 역학에는 상당한 차이가 있습니다. 오버행 영역에서 용융 금속은 분말 입자 사이의 틈새로 아래로 흘러 용융 풀이 다공성 분말 베드가 제공하는 약한 지지체 아래로 가라 앉습니다. 이것은 중력과 표면 장력의 영향이 용융 풀의 결과적인 모양 / 크기를 결정하는 데 중요하며, 결과적으로 오버행 영역의 마이크로 스케일 형태의 진화에 중요합니다. 또한 분말 입자 사이의 공극, 열 조건 (예 : 에너지 흡수,2019 ; Karimi et al. 2020 ; 노래와 영 2020 ). 표면 거칠기는 (마이크로) 형상 편차를 증가시킬뿐만 아니라 주기적 하중 동안 미세 균열의 시작 지점 역할을함으로써 기계적 강도를 저하시킵니다 (Günther et al. 2018 ). 오버행 영역의 높은 표면 거칠기는 (마이크로) 정확도 / 품질에 대한 엄격한 요구 사항이있는 부품 제조에서 L-PBF의 적용을 제한합니다.

본 연구는 실험 및 시뮬레이션 연구를 사용하여 오버행 영역 (지지물없이 제작)의 미세 형상 편차 형성 메커니즘과 표면 거칠기의 기원을 체계적이고 포괄적으로 조사합니다. 결합 된 DEM-CFD 시뮬레이션 모델은 경계 트랙 윤곽, 분말 접착 및 뒤틀림 변형의 효과를 고려하여 오버행 영역의 용융 풀 역학과 표면 형태의 형성 메커니즘을 나타 내기 위해 개발되었습니다. 표면 거칠기 R의 시뮬레이션 및 단일 요인 L-PBF 인쇄 실험을 사용하여 오버행 각도의 함수로 연구됩니다. 용융 풀의 침몰과 관련된 오버행 영역에서 분말 접착의 세 가지 메커니즘이 식별되고 자세히 설명됩니다. 마지막으로, 인쇄 된 오버행 영역에서 높은 표면 거칠기 문제를 완화 할 수 있는 잠재적 솔루션에 대해 간략하게 설명합니다.

The shape and size of the L-PBF printed samples are illustrated in Figure 1
The shape and size of the L-PBF printed samples are illustrated in Figure 1
Figure 2. Borders in the overhang region depending on the overhang angle θ
Figure 2. Borders in the overhang region depending on the overhang angle θ
Figure 3. (a) Profile of the volumetric heat source, (b) the model geometry of single-track printing on a solid substrate (unit: µm), and (c) the comparison of melt pool dimensions obtained from the experiment (right half) and simulation (left half) for a calibrated optical penetration depth of 110 µm (laser power 200 W and scan speed 800 mm/s, solidified layer thickness 30 µm, powder size 10–45 µm).
Figure 3. (a) Profile of the volumetric heat source, (b) the model geometry of single-track printing on a solid substrate (unit: µm), and (c) the comparison of melt pool dimensions obtained from the experiment (right half) and simulation (left half) for a calibrated optical penetration depth of 110 µm (laser power 200 W and scan speed 800 mm/s, solidified layer thickness 30 µm, powder size 10–45 µm).
Figure 4. The model geometry of an overhang being L-PBF processed: (a) 3D view and (b) right view.
Figure 4. The model geometry of an overhang being L-PBF processed: (a) 3D view and (b) right view.
Figure 5. The cross-sectional contour of border tracks in a 45° overhang region.
Figure 5. The cross-sectional contour of border tracks in a 45° overhang region.
Figure 6. Evolution of melt pool in the overhang region (θ = 45°, P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s, the streamlines are shown by arrows).
Figure 6. Evolution of melt pool in the overhang region (θ = 45°, P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s, the streamlines are shown by arrows).
Figure 7. The overhang contour is contributed by (a) only outer borders when θ ≤ 60° (b) both inner borders and outer borders when θ > 60°.
Figure 7. The overhang contour is contributed by (a) only outer borders when θ ≤ 60° (b) both inner borders and outer borders when θ > 60°.
Figure 8. Schematic of powder adhesion on a 45° overhang region.
Figure 8. Schematic of powder adhesion on a 45° overhang region.
Figure 9. The L-PBF printed samples with various overhang angle (a) θ = 0° (cube), (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 55° and (e) θ = 60°.
Figure 9. The L-PBF printed samples with various overhang angle (a) θ = 0° (cube), (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 55° and (e) θ = 60°.
Figure 10. Two mechanisms of powder adhesion related to the overhang angle: (a) simulation-predicted, θ = 45°; (b) simulation-predicted, θ = 60°; (c, e) optical micrographs, θ = 45°; (d, f) optical micrographs, θ = 60°. (e) and (f) are partial enlargement of (c) and (d), respectively.
Figure 10. Two mechanisms of powder adhesion related to the overhang angle: (a) simulation-predicted, θ = 45°; (b) simulation-predicted, θ = 60°; (c, e) optical micrographs, θ = 45°; (d, f) optical micrographs, θ = 60°. (e) and (f) are partial enlargement of (c) and (d), respectively.
Figure 11. Simulation-predicted surface morphology in the overhang region at different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 60° and (e) θ = 80° (Blue solid lines: simulation-predicted contour; red dashed lines: the planar profile of designed overhang region specified by the overhang angles).
Figure 11. Simulation-predicted surface morphology in the overhang region at different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 60° and (e) θ = 80° (Blue solid lines: simulation-predicted contour; red dashed lines: the planar profile of designed overhang region specified by the overhang angles).
Figure 12. Effect of overhang angle on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions
Figure 12. Effect of overhang angle on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions
Figure 13. Surface morphology of L-PBF printed overhang regions with different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45° and (d) θ = 60° (overhang border parameters: P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s).
Figure 13. Surface morphology of L-PBF printed overhang regions with different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45° and (d) θ = 60° (overhang border parameters: P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s).
Figure 14. Effect of (a) laser power (scan speed = 1000 mm/s) and (b) scan speed (lase power = 100 W) on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions (θ = 45°, laser power and scan speed referred to overhang border parameters, and the other process parameters are listed in Table 2).
Figure 14. Effect of (a) laser power (scan speed = 1000 mm/s) and (b) scan speed (lase power = 100 W) on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions (θ = 45°, laser power and scan speed referred to overhang border parameters, and the other process parameters are listed in Table 2).

References

  • Cai, Chao, Chrupcala Radoslaw, Jinliang Zhang, Qian Yan, Shifeng Wen, Bo Song, and Yusheng Shi. 2019. “In-Situ Preparation and Formation of TiB/Ti-6Al-4V Nanocomposite via Laser Additive Manufacturing: Microstructure Evolution and Tribological Behavior.” Powder Technology 342: 73–84. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2018.09.088. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Cai, Chao, Wei Shian Tey, Jiayao Chen, Wei Zhu, Xingjian Liu, Tong Liu, Lihua Zhao, and Kun Zhou. 2021. “Comparative Study on 3D Printing of Polyamide 12 by Selective Laser Sintering and Multi Jet Fusion.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 288 (August 2020): 116882. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2020.116882. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Cai, Chao, Xu Wu, Wan Liu, Wei Zhu, Hui Chen, Jasper Dong Qiu Chua, Chen Nan Sun, Jie Liu, Qingsong Wei, and Yusheng Shi. 2020. “Selective Laser Melting of Near-α Titanium Alloy Ti-6Al-2Zr-1Mo-1V: Parameter Optimization, Heat Treatment and Mechanical Performance.” Journal of Materials Science and Technology 57: 51–64. doi:10.1016/j.jmst.2020.05.004. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Charles, Amal, Ahmed Elkaseer, Lore Thijs, and Steffen G. Scholz. 2020. “Dimensional Errors Due to Overhanging Features in Laser Powder Bed Fusion Parts Made of Ti-6Al-4V.” Applied Sciences 10 (7): 2416. doi:10.3390/app10072416. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Chatham, Camden A., Timothy E. Long, and Christopher B. Williams. 2019. “A Review of the Process Physics and Material Screening Methods for Polymer Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing.” Progress in Polymer Science 93: 68–95. doi:10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2019.03.003. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Du, Yang, Xinyu You, Fengbin Qiao, Lijie Guo, and Zhengwu Liu. 2019. “A Model for Predicting the Temperature Field during Selective Laser Melting.” Results in Physics 12 (November 2018): 52–60. doi:10.1016/j.rinp.2018.11.031. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Duval-Chaneac, M. S., S. Han, C. Claudin, F. Salvatore, J. Bajolet, and J. Rech. 2018. “Experimental Study on Finishing of Internal Laser Melting (SLM) Surface with Abrasive Flow Machining (AFM).” Precision Engineering 54 (July 2017): 1–6. doi:10.1016/j.precisioneng.2018.03.006. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Feng, Shaochuan, Shijie Chen, Amar M. Kamat, Ru Zhang, Mingji Huang, and Liangcai Hu. 2020. “Investigation on Shape Deviation of Horizontal Interior Circular Channels Fabricated by Laser Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 36 (December): 101585. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2020.101585. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Feng, Shaochuan, Chuanzhen Huang, Jun Wang, Hongtao Zhu, Peng Yao, and Zhanqiang Liu. 2017. “An Analytical Model for the Prediction of Temperature Distribution and Evolution in Hybrid Laser-Waterjet Micro-Machining.” Precision Engineering 47: 33–45. doi:10.1016/j.precisioneng.2016.07.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Feng, Shaochuan, Amar M. Kamat, and Yutao Pei. 2021. “Design and Fabrication of Conformal Cooling Channels in Molds: Review and Progress Updates.” International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2021.121082. [Crossref], [PubMed], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Flow-3D V11.2 Documentation. 2016. Flow Science, Inc. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Foroozmehr, Ali, Mohsen Badrossamay, Ehsan Foroozmehr, and Sa’id Golabi. 2016. “Finite Element Simulation of Selective Laser Melting Process Considering Optical Penetration Depth of Laser in Powder Bed.” Materials and Design 89: 255–263. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2015.10.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • “Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) — Surface Texture: Profile Method — Rules and Procedures for the Assessment of Surface Texture (ISO 4288).” 1996. International Organization for Standardization. https://www.iso.org/standard/2096.html. [Google Scholar]
  • Günther, Johannes, Stefan Leuders, Peter Koppa, Thomas Tröster, Sebastian Henkel, Horst Biermann, and Thomas Niendorf. 2018. “On the Effect of Internal Channels and Surface Roughness on the High-Cycle Fatigue Performance of Ti-6Al-4V Processed by SLM.” Materials & Design 143: 1–11. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2018.01.042. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Hopkinson, Neil, and Phill Dickens. 2000. “Conformal Cooling and Heating Channels Using Laser Sintered Tools.” In Solid Freeform Fabrication Conference, 490–497. Texas. doi:10.26153/tsw/3075. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Hu, Zhiheng, Haihong Zhu, Changchun Zhang, Hu Zhang, Ting Qi, and Xiaoyan Zeng. 2018. “Contact Angle Evolution during Selective Laser Melting.” Materials and Design 139: 304–313. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2017.11.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Hu, Cheng, Kejia Zhuang, Jian Weng, and Donglin Pu. 2019. “Three-Dimensional Analytical Modeling of Cutting Temperature for Round Insert Considering Semi-Infinite Boundary and Non-Uniform Heat Partition.” International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 155 (October 2018): 536–553. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2019.03.019. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Huang, Yuze, Mir Behrad Khamesee, and Ehsan Toyserkani. 2019. “A New Physics-Based Model for Laser Directed Energy Deposition (Powder-Fed Additive Manufacturing): From Single-Track to Multi-Track and Multi-Layer.” Optics & Laser Technology 109 (August 2018): 584–599. doi:10.1016/j.optlastec.2018.08.015. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Kadirgama, K., W. S. W. Harun, F. Tarlochan, M. Samykano, D. Ramasamy, Mohd Zaidi Azir, and H. Mehboob. 2018. “Statistical and Optimize of Lattice Structures with Selective Laser Melting (SLM) of Ti6AL4V Material.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 97 (1–4): 495–510. doi:10.1007/s00170-018-1913-1. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Kamat, Amar M, and Yutao Pei. 2019. “An Analytical Method to Predict and Compensate for Residual Stress-Induced Deformation in Overhanging Regions of Internal Channels Fabricated Using Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 29 (March): 100796. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2019.100796. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Kamath, Chandrika, Bassem El-Dasher, Gilbert F. Gallegos, Wayne E. King, and Aaron Sisto. 2014. “Density of Additively-Manufactured, 316L SS Parts Using Laser Powder-Bed Fusion at Powers up to 400 W.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 74 (1–4): 65–78. doi:10.1007/s00170-014-5954-9. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Karimi, J., C. Suryanarayana, I. Okulov, and K. G. Prashanth. 2020. “Selective Laser Melting of Ti6Al4V: Effect of Laser Re-Melting.” Materials Science and Engineering A (July): 140558. doi:10.1016/j.msea.2020.140558. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Khairallah, Saad A., and Andy Anderson. 2014. “Mesoscopic Simulation Model of Selective Laser Melting of Stainless Steel Powder.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 214 (11): 2627–2636. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.001. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Khairallah, Saad A., Andrew T. Anderson, Alexander Rubenchik, and Wayne E. King. 2016. “Laser Powder-Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing: Physics of Complex Melt Flow and Formation Mechanisms of Pores, Spatter, and Denudation Zones.” Edited by Adedeji B. Badiru, Vhance V. Valencia, and David Liu. Acta Materialia 108 (April): 36–45. doi:10.1016/j.actamat.2016.02.014. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Kuo, C. N., C. K. Chua, P. C. Peng, Y. W. Chen, S. L. Sing, S. Huang, and Y. L. Su. 2020. “Microstructure Evolution and Mechanical Property Response via 3D Printing Parameter Development of Al–Sc Alloy.” Virtual and Physical Prototyping 15 (1): 120–129. doi:10.1080/17452759.2019.1698967. [Taylor & Francis Online], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Le, K. Q., C. H. Wong, K. H. G. Chua, C. Tang, and H. Du. 2020. “Discontinuity of Overhanging Melt Track in Selective Laser Melting Process.” International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 162 (December): 120284. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120284. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Lee, Y. S., and W. Zhang. 2016. “Modeling of Heat Transfer, Fluid Flow and Solidification Microstructure of Nickel-Base Superalloy Fabricated by Laser Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 12: 178–188. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2016.05.003. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Leitz, K. H., P. Singer, A. Plankensteiner, B. Tabernig, H. Kestler, and L. S. Sigl. 2017. “Multi-Physical Simulation of Selective Laser Melting.” Metal Powder Report 72 (5): 331–338. doi:10.1016/j.mprp.2016.04.004. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Li, Jian, Jing Hu, Yi Zhu, Xiaowen Yu, Mengfei Yu, and Huayong Yang. 2020. “Surface Roughness Control of Root Analogue Dental Implants Fabricated Using Selective Laser Melting.” Additive Manufacturing 34 (September 2019): 101283. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2020.101283. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Li, Yingli, Kun Zhou, Pengfei Tan, Shu Beng Tor, Chee Kai Chua, and Kah Fai Leong. 2018. “Modeling Temperature and Residual Stress Fields in Selective Laser Melting.” International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 136 (February): 24–35. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2017.12.001. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Mazur, MacIej, Martin Leary, Matthew McMillan, Joe Elambasseril, and Milan Brandt. 2016. “SLM Additive Manufacture of H13 Tool Steel with Conformal Cooling and Structural Lattices.” Rapid Prototyping Journal 22 (3): 504–518. doi:10.1108/RPJ-06-2014-0075. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Mingear, Jacob, Bing Zhang, Darren Hartl, and Alaa Elwany. 2019. “Effect of Process Parameters and Electropolishing on the Surface Roughness of Interior Channels in Additively Manufactured Nickel-Titanium Shape Memory Alloy Actuators.” Additive Manufacturing 27 (October 2018): 565–575. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2019.03.027. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Pakkanen, Jukka, Flaviana Calignano, Francesco Trevisan, Massimo Lorusso, Elisa Paola Ambrosio, Diego Manfredi, and Paolo Fino. 2016. “Study of Internal Channel Surface Roughnesses Manufactured by Selective Laser Melting in Aluminum and Titanium Alloys.” Metallurgical and Materials Transactions A 47 (8): 3837–3844. doi:10.1007/s11661-016-3478-7. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Patterson, Albert E., Sherri L. Messimer, and Phillip A. Farrington. 2017. “Overhanging Features and the SLM/DMLS Residual Stresses Problem: Review and Future Research Need.” Technologies 5 (4): 15. doi:10.3390/technologies5020015. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Roberts, I. A., C. J. Wang, R. Esterlein, M. Stanford, and D. J. Mynors. 2009. “A Three-Dimensional Finite Element Analysis of the Temperature Field during Laser Melting of Metal Powders in Additive Layer Manufacturing.” International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 49 (12–13): 916–923. doi:10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2009.07.004. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Shrestha, Subin, and Kevin Chou. 2018. “Computational Analysis of Thermo-Fluid Dynamics with Metallic Powder in SLM.” In CFD Modeling and Simulation in Materials Processing 2018, edited by Laurentiu Nastac, Koulis Pericleous, Adrian S. Sabau, Lifeng Zhang, and Brian G. Thomas, 85–95. Cham, Switzerland: Springer Nature. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-72059-3_9. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Sing, S. L., and W. Y. Yeong. 2020. “Laser Powder Bed Fusion for Metal Additive Manufacturing: Perspectives on Recent Developments.” Virtual and Physical Prototyping 15 (3): 359–370. doi:10.1080/17452759.2020.1779999. [Taylor & Francis Online], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Šmilauer, Václav, Emanuele Catalano, Bruno Chareyre, Sergei Dorofeenko, Jérôme Duriez, Nolan Dyck, Jan Eliáš, et al. 2015. Yade Documentation. 2nd ed. The Yade Project. doi:10.5281/zenodo.34073. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Tan, Pengfei, Fei Shen, Biao Li, and Kun Zhou. 2019. “A Thermo-Metallurgical-Mechanical Model for Selective Laser Melting of Ti6Al4V.” Materials & Design 168 (April): 107642. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2019.107642. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Tan, Lisa Jiaying, Wei Zhu, and Kun Zhou. 2020. “Recent Progress on Polymer Materials for Additive Manufacturing.” Advanced Functional Materials 30 (43): 1–54. doi:10.1002/adfm.202003062. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Wang, Xiaoqing, and Kevin Chou. 2018. “Effect of Support Structures on Ti-6Al-4V Overhang Parts Fabricated by Powder Bed Fusion Electron Beam Additive Manufacturing.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 257 (February): 65–78. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.02.038. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Wang, Di, Yongqiang Yang, Ziheng Yi, and Xubin Su. 2013. “Research on the Fabricating Quality Optimization of the Overhanging Surface in SLM Process.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 65 (9–12): 1471–1484. doi:10.1007/s00170-012-4271-4. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Wen, Peng, Maximilian Voshage, Lucas Jauer, Yanzhe Chen, Yu Qin, Reinhart Poprawe, and Johannes Henrich Schleifenbaum. 2018. “Laser Additive Manufacturing of Zn Metal Parts for Biodegradable Applications: Processing, Formation Quality and Mechanical Properties.” Materials and Design 155: 36–45. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2018.05.057. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Wu, Yu-che, Cheng-hung San, Chih-hsiang Chang, Huey-jiuan Lin, Raed Marwan, Shuhei Baba, and Weng-Sing Hwang. 2018. “Numerical Modeling of Melt-Pool Behavior in Selective Laser Melting with Random Powder Distribution and Experimental Validation.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 254 (November 2017): 72–78. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.11.032. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Yadroitsev, I., P. Krakhmalev, I. Yadroitsava, S. Johansson, and I. Smurov. 2013. “Energy Input Effect on Morphology and Microstructure of Selective Laser Melting Single Track from Metallic Powder.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 213 (4): 606–613. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2012.11.014. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Yu, Wenhui, Swee Leong Sing, Chee Kai Chua, and Xuelei Tian. 2019. “Influence of Re-Melting on Surface Roughness and Porosity of AlSi10Mg Parts Fabricated by Selective Laser Melting.” Journal of Alloys and Compounds 792: 574–581. doi:10.1016/j.jallcom.2019.04.017. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Zhang, Dongyun, Pudan Zhang, Zhen Liu, Zhe Feng, Chengjie Wang, and Yanwu Guo. 2018. “Thermofluid Field of Molten Pool and Its Effects during Selective Laser Melting (SLM) of Inconel 718 Alloy.” Additive Manufacturing 21 (100): 567–578. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2018.03.031. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
Fig. 1. Schematic description of the laser welding process considered in this study.

Analysis of molten pool dynamics in laser welding with beam oscillation and filler wire feeding

Won-Ik Cho, Peer Woizeschke
Bremer Institut für angewandte Strahltechnik GmbH, Klagenfurter Straße 5, Bremen 28359, Germany

Received 30 July 2020, Revised 3 October 2020, Accepted 18 October 2020, Available online 1 November 2020.

Abstract

Molten pool flow and heat transfer in a laser welding process using beam oscillation and filler wire feeding were calculated using computational fluid dynamics (CFD). There are various indirect methods used to analyze the molten pool dynamics in fusion welding. In this work, based on the simulation results, the surface fluctuation was directly measured to enable a more intuitive analysis, and then the signal was analyzed using the Fourier transform and wavelet transform in terms of the beam oscillation frequency and buttonhole formation. The 1st frequency (2 x beam oscillation frequency, the so-called chopping frequency), 2nd frequency (4 x beam oscillation frequency), and beam oscillation frequency components were the main components found. The 1st and 2nd frequency components were caused by the effect of the chopping process and lumped line energy. The beam oscillation frequency component was related to rapid, unstable molten pool behavior. The wavelet transform effectively analyzed the rapid behaviors based on the change of the frequency components over time.

Korea Abstract

빔 진동 및 필러 와이어 공급을 사용하는 레이저 용접 공정에서 용융 풀 흐름 및 열 전달은 CFD (전산 유체 역학)를 사용하여 계산되었습니다. 용융 용접에서 용융 풀 역학을 분석하는 데 사용되는 다양한 간접 방법이 있습니다.

본 연구에서는 시뮬레이션 결과를 바탕으로 보다 직관적 인 분석이 가능하도록 표면 변동을 직접 측정 한 후 빔 발진 주파수 및 버튼 홀 형성 측면에서 푸리에 변환 및 웨이블릿 변환을 사용하여 신호를 분석했습니다.

1 차 주파수 (2 x 빔 발진 주파수, 이른바 초핑 주파수), 2 차 주파수 (4 x 빔 발진 주파수) 및 빔 발진 주파수 성분이 발견 된 주요 구성 요소였습니다. 1 차 및 2 차 주파수 성분은 쵸핑 공정과 집중 라인 에너지의 영향으로 인해 발생했습니다.

빔 진동 주파수 성분은 빠르고 불안정한 용융 풀 동작과 관련이 있습니다. 웨이블릿 변환은 시간 경과에 따른 주파수 구성 요소의 변화를 기반으로 빠른 동작을 효과적으로 분석했습니다.

1 . 소개

융합 용접에서 용융 풀 역학은 용접 결함과 시각적 이음새 품질에 직접적인 영향을 미칩니다. 이러한 역학을 연구하기 위해 고속 카메라를 사용하는 직접 방법과 광학 또는 음향 신호를 사용하는 간접 방법과 같은 다양한 측정 방법을 사용하여 여러 실험 방법을 고려했습니다. 시간 도메인의 원래 신호는 특별히 주파수 도메인에서 변환 된 신호로 변환되어 용융 풀 동작에 영향을 미치는 주파수 성분을 분석합니다. Kotecki et al. (1972)는 고속 카메라를 사용하여 가스 텅스텐 아크 용접에서 용융 풀을 관찰했습니다. [1]. 그들은 120Hz 리플 DC 출력을 가진 용접 전원을 사용할 때 용융 풀 진동 주파수가 120Hz임을 보여주었습니다. 전원을 끈 후 진동 주파수는 용융 풀의 고유 주파수를 나타내는 용융 풀 크기와 관련이 있습니다. 진동은 응고 중에 용접 표면 스케일링을 생성했습니다. Zacksenhouse and Hardt (1983)는 레이저 섀도 잉 동작 측정 기술을 사용하여 가스 텅스텐 아크 용접에서 완전히 관통 된 용융 풀의 동작을 측정했습니다 [2] . 그들은 2.5mm 두께의 강판에서 6mm 풀 반경 (고정 용접)에 대해 용융 풀의 고유 주파수가 18.9Hz라는 것을 발견했습니다. Semak et al. (1995) 고속 카메라를 사용하여 레이저 스폿 용접에서 용융 풀 및 키홀 역학 조사 [3]. 그들은 깊이가 약 3mm이고 반경이 약 3mm 인 용융 풀에서 200Hz의 낮은 체적 진동 주파수를 관찰했습니다. 0.45mm Aendenroomer와 den Ouden (1998)은 강철의 펄스 가스 텅스텐 아크 용접에서 용융 풀 진동을보고했습니다 [4] . 그들은 침투 깊이에 따라 진동 모드 변화를 보였고 주파수는 50Hz에서 150Hz 사이에서 변화했습니다. 주파수는 완전히 침투 된 용융 풀에서 더 낮았습니다. Hermans와 den Ouden (1999)은 단락 가스 금속 아크 용접에서 용융 풀 진동을 분석했습니다. [5]. 그들은 용융 풀의 단락 주파수와 고유 주파수가 같을 때 부분적으로 침투 된 용융 풀의 경우 공정 안정성이 향상되었음을 보여주었습니다. Yudodibroto et al. (2004)는 가스 텅스텐 아크 용접에서 용융 풀 진동에 대한 필러 와이어의 영향을 조사했습니다 [6] . 그들은 금속 전달이 특히 부분적으로 침투 된 용융 풀에서 진동 거동을 방해한다는 것을 보여주었습니다. Geiger et al. (2009) 레이저 키홀 용접에서 발광 분석 [7]. 신호의 주파수 분석을 사용하여 용융 풀 (1.5kHz 미만)과 키홀 (약 3kHz)에 해당하는 진동 주파수 범위를 찾았습니다. Kägeler와 Schmidt (2010)는 레이저 용접에서 용융 풀 크기의 변화를 관찰하기 위해 고속 카메라를 사용했습니다 [8] . 그들은 용융 풀에서 지배적 인 저주파 진동 성분 (100Hz 미만)을 발견했습니다. Shi et al. (2015) 고속 카메라를 사용하여 펄스 가스 텅스텐 아크 용접에서 용융 풀 진동 주파수 분석 [9]. 그들은 용접 침투 깊이가 작을수록 용융 풀의 진동 빈도가 더 높다는 것을 보여주었습니다. 추출 된 진동 주파수는 완전 용입 용접의 경우 85Hz 미만 이었지만 부분 용입 용접의 경우 110Hz에서 125Hz 사이였습니다. Volpp와 Vollertsen (2016)은 레이저 키홀 역학을 분석하기 위해 광학 신호를 사용했습니다 [10] . 그들은 공간 레이저 강도 분포로 인해 0.8에서 154 kHz 사이의 고주파 범위에서 피크를 발견했습니다. 위에서 언급 한 실험적 접근법은 공정 조건, 측정 방법 및 측정 된 위치에 따라 수십 Hz에서 수십 kHz까지 광범위한 용융 풀 역학에 대한 결과를 보여 주었다는 점에 유의해야합니다.

융합 용접에서 용융 풀 역학을 연구하기 위해 분석 접근 방식도 사용되었습니다. Zacksenhouse와 Hardt (1983)는 2.5mm 두께의 강판에서 대칭형 완전 관통 용융 풀의 고유 진동수를 계산했습니다 [2] . 매스 스프링 해석 모델을 사용하여 용융 풀 반경 6mm (고정 용접)에 대해 20.4Hz (실험에서 18.9Hz)의 고유 진동수와 3mm 풀 반경 (연속 용접)에 대해 40Hz의 고유 진동수를 예측했습니다. ). Postacioglu et al. (1989)는 원통형 용융 풀과 키홀을 가정하여 레이저 용접의 용융 풀에서 키홀 진동의 고유 진동수를 계산했습니다 .. 특정 열쇠 구멍 모양의 경우 약 900Hz의 기본 주파수가 계산되었습니다. Postacioglu et al. (1991)은 또한 레이저 용접에서 용접 속도를 고려하기 위해 타원형 용융 풀의 고유 진동수를 계산했습니다 [12] . 그들은 타원형 용융 풀의 모양이 고유 진동수에 영향을 미친다는 것을 보여주었습니다. 고유 진동수는 축의 길이 비율이 낮았으며, 즉 타원의 반장 축과 반 단축의 비율이 낮았습니다. Kroos et al. (1993)은 축 대칭 용융 풀과 키홀을 가정하여 레이저 키홀 용접의 동적 거동에 대한 이론적 모델을 개발했습니다 .. 키홀 폐쇄 시간은 0.1ms였으며 안정성 분석은 약 500Hz의 주파수에서 공진과 같은 진동을 예측했습니다. Maruo와 Hirata (1993)는 완전 관통 아크 용접에서 용융 풀을 모델링했습니다 [14] . 그들은 녹은 웅덩이가 정적 타원 모양을 가지고 있다고 가정했습니다. 그들은 고유 진동수와 진동 모드 사이의 관계를 조사하고 용융 풀 크기가 감소함에 따라 고유 진동수가 증가한다는 것을 보여주었습니다. Klein et al. (1994)는 원통형 키홀 모양을 사용하여 완전 침투 레이저 용접에서 키홀 진동을 연구했습니다 [15] . 그들은 점성 감쇠로 인해 키홀 진동이 낮은 kHz 범위로 제한된다는 것을 보여주었습니다. Klein et al. (1996)은 또한 레이저 출력의 작은 변동이 강한 키홀 진동으로 이어질 수 있음을 보여주었습니다[16] . 그들은 키홀 진동의 주요 공진 주파수 범위가 500 ~ 3500Hz라는 것을 발견했습니다. Andersen et al. (1997)은 고정 가스 텅스텐 아크 용접 [17] 에서 고정 된 원통형 모양을 가정하여 용융 풀의 고유 진동수를 예측 했으며 완전 용입 용접에서 용융 풀 폭이 증가함에 따라 감소하는 것으로 나타났습니다. 3.175mm 두께의 강판의 경우 주파수는 20Hz ~ 100Hz 범위였습니다. 위에 표시된 분석 방법은 일반적으로 단순한 용융 풀 모양을 가정하고 고유 진동수를 계산했습니다. 이것은 단순한 용융 풀 모양으로 고정 용접 공정을 분석하는 데 충분하지만 대부분의 용접 사례를 설명하는 과도 용접 공정에서 용융 풀 역학 분석에는 적합하지 않습니다.

반면에 수치 접근 방식은 고온 및 강한 빛과 같은 실험적 제한없이 자세한 정보를 제공하기 때문에 용융 풀 역학을 분석하는 이점이 있습니다. 전산 유체 역학 (CFD)의 수치 시뮬레이션 기술이 발전함에 따라 용융 풀 역학 분석에 대한 많은 연구가 수행되었습니다. 실제 용융 표면 변화는 VOF (체적 부피) 방법을 사용하여 계산할 수 있습니다. Cho et al. (2010) CO 2 레이저-아크 하이브리드 용접 공정을 위한 수학적 모델 개발 [18], 구형 방울이 생성 된 금속 와이어의 용융 과정이 와이어 공급 속도와 일치한다고 가정합니다. 그들은 필러 와이어가 희석되는 용융 풀 동작을 보여주었습니다. Cho et al. (2012)는 높은 빔 품질과 높은 금속 흡수율로 인해 업계에서 널리 사용되는 디스크 레이저 키홀 용접으로 수학적 모델을 확장했습니다 [19] . 그들은 열쇠 구멍에서 레이저 광선 번들의 다중 반사를 고려하고 용융 풀에서 keyholing과 같은 빠른 표면 변화를 자세히보고했습니다. 최근 CFD 시뮬레이션은 험핑 (Otto et al., 2016 [20] ) 및 기공 (Lin et al., 2017 [21] )과 같은보다 구체적인 현상을 분석하는데도 사용되었습니다 .) 레이저 용접에서. 그러나 용융 풀 역학과 관련된 연구는 거의 수행되지 않았습니다. Ko et al. (2000)은 수치 시뮬레이션을 사용하여 가스 텅스텐 아크 용접 풀의 동적 거동을 조사했습니다 [22] . 그들은 완전히 침투 된 용융 풀이 부분적으로 침투 된 풀보다 낮은 주파수에서 진동한다는 것을 보여주었습니다. 진동은 수십 분의 1 초 내에 무시할 수있는 크기로 감쇠되었습니다. Geiger et al. (2009)는 또한 수치 시뮬레이션을 사용하여 레이저 용접에서 용융 풀 거동을 보여주었습니다 [7]. 그들은 계산 된 증발 속도를 주파수 분석에 사용하여 공정에서 나오는 빛의 실험 결과와 비교했습니다. 판금 레이저 용접에서 중요한 공간 빔 진동 및 추가 필러 재료가있는 공정에 대한 용융 풀 역학에 대한 연구도 불충분합니다. Hu et al. (2018)은 금속 전달 메커니즘을 밝히기 위해 전자빔 3D 프린팅에서 와이어 공급 모델링을 수행했습니다. 그들은 주로 열 입력에 의해 결정되는 액체 브리지 전이, 액적 전이 및 중간 전이의 세 가지 유형의 금속 전달 모드를 보여주었습니다 .. Meng et al. (2020)은 레이저 빔 용접에서 용융 풀에 필러 와이어에 의해 추가 된 추가 요소의 전자기 교반 효과를 모델링했습니다. 용가재의 연속적인 액체 브릿지 이동이 가정되었고, 그 결과 전자기 교반의 영향이 키홀 깊이에 미미한 반면 필러 와이어 혼합을 향상 시켰습니다 [24] . Cho et al. (2017) 용접 방향에 수직 인 1 차원 빔 진동과 용접 라인을 따라 공급되는 필러 와이어를 사용하여 레이저 용접을위한 시뮬레이션 모델 개발 [25]. 그들은 시뮬레이션을 사용하여 특정 용접 현상, 즉 용융 풀의 단추 구멍 형성을 보여주었습니다. Cho et al. (2018)은 다중 반사 수와 전력 흡수량의 푸리에 변환을 사용하여 주파수 영역에서 소위 쵸핑 주파수 (2 x 빔 발진 주파수) 성분을 발견했습니다 [26] . 그러나 그들은 용융 풀 역학을 분석하기 위해 간접 신호를 사용했습니다. 따라서보다 직관적 인 분석을 위해서는 표면의 변동을 직접 측정해야합니다.

이 연구는 이전 연구에서 개발 된 레이저 용접 모델을 사용하여 3 차원 과도 CFD 시뮬레이션을 수행하여 빔 진동 및 필러 와이어 공급을 포함한 레이저 용접 공정에서 용융 풀 역학을 조사합니다. 용융 된 풀 표면의 시간적 변화는 시뮬레이션 결과에서 추출되었습니다. 추출 된 데이터는 주파수 영역뿐만 아니라 시간-주파수 영역에서도 분석되었습니다. 신호 처리를 통해 도출 된 결과는 특징적인 용융 풀 역학을 나타내며 빔 진동 주파수 및 단추 구멍 형성 측면에서 레이저 용접의 역학을 줄일 수있는 잠재력을 제공합니다.

2 . 방법론

그림 1도 1은 용접 방향에 수직 인 1 차원 빔 진동과 용접 라인을 따라 공급되는 필러 와이어를 사용하는 레이저 용접 프로세스의 개략적 설명을 보여줍니다. 1mm 두께의 알루미늄 합금 (AlSi1MgMn) 시트는 시트 표면에 초점을 맞춘 멀티 kW 파이버 레이저 (YLR-8000S, IPG Photonics, USA)를 사용하여 용접되었습니다. 시트는 에어 갭이있는 맞대기 이음으로 정렬되었습니다. 1 차원 스캐너 (ILV DC-Scanner, Ingenieurbüro für Lasertechnik + Verschleiss-Schutz (ILV), 독일)를 사용하여 레이저 빔의 1 차원 정현파 진동을 실현했습니다. 이 스캔 시스템에서 최대 진동 폭은 250Hz의 진동 주파수에서 1.4mm입니다. 오정렬에 대한 공차를 개선하기 위해 동일한 최대 너비 값이 사용되었습니다. 와이어 공급 시스템은 1을 공급했습니다. 2mm 직경의 알루미늄 합금 (AlSi5) 필러 와이어를 일정한 공급 속도로 에어 갭을 채 웁니다. 1mm 에어 갭의 경우 와이어 이송 속도는 용접 속도의 1.5 배 값으로 설정되었으며 참조 실험 조건은 문헌에서 얻었습니다 (Schultz, 2015 참조).[27] ).

그림 1

CFD 시뮬레이션은 레이저 용접에서 열 전달 및 용융 풀 동작을 계산하기 위해 수행되었습니다. 그림 2 는 CFD 시뮬레이션을위한 계산 영역을 보여줍니다. 실온에서 1.2mm 직경의 필러 와이어가 공급되고 레이저 빔이 진동했습니다. 1mm 두께의 공작물이 용접 속도로 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 이동했습니다. 0.1mm의 최소 메쉬 크기가 도메인에서 생성되었습니다. 침투 깊이가 더 깊은 이전 연구의 메쉬 테스트 결과는 0.2mm 이하의 메쉬 크기로 시뮬레이션 정확도가 확보 된 것으로 나타 났으므로 [28] 본 연구에서 사용 된 메쉬 크기가 적절할 수 있습니다. 도메인을 구성하는 세포의 수는 약 120 만 개였습니다. 1 번 테이블사용 된 레이저 용접 매개 변수를 보여줍니다. 용융 풀 역학 측면에서 다양한 진동 주파수와 에어 갭 크기가 고려되었으며 12 개의 용접 사례가